Document:

Exhibit 4.1

   

  

  
  
     

  

  
   

  
  
     

  

  
   

  SOLARIS MIDSTREAM HOLDINGS, LLC

   

  and each of the Guarantors PARTY HERETO

   

  
  
     

  

  
   

  INDENTURE

   

  Dated as of April 1, 2021

   

  
  
     

  

  
   

  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

   

  Trustee

   

  
  
     

  

  
   

  7.625% SENIOR SUSTAINABILITY-LINKED NOTES DUE 2026

   

  
  
     

  

  
   

  
     

    
      
 

  

  
    

  

  	TABLE OF CONTENTS	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 1	 
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION	 
	BY REFERENCE	 
	 	 	 
	Section 1.01	Definitions	1
	Section 1.02	Other Definitions	27
	Section 1.03	Rules of Construction	28
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 2	 
	THE NOTES	 
	 	 	 
	Section 2.01	Form and Dating	28
	Section 2.02	Execution and Authentication	29
	Section 2.03	Registrar and Paying Agent	30
	Section 2.04	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	30
	Section 2.05	Holder Lists	30
	Section 2.06	Transfer and Exchange	30
	Section 2.07	Replacement Notes	41
	Section 2.08	Outstanding Notes	41
	Section 2.09	Treasury Notes	42
	Section 2.10	Temporary Notes	42
	Section 2.11	Cancellation	42
	Section 2.12	Defaulted Interest	42
	Section 2.13	Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar Not Responsible for Depositary	43
	Section 2.14	Interest Rate Step Up	43
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 3	 
	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	 
	 	 	 
	Section 3.01	Notices to Trustee	43
	Section 3.02	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	44
	Section 3.03	Notice of Redemption	44
	Section 3.04	Effect of Notice of Redemption	45
	Section 3.05	Deposit of Redemption Price	45
	Section 3.06	Notes Redeemed in Part	46
	Section 3.07	Optional Redemption	46
	Section 3.08	Mandatory Redemption	47
	Section 3.09	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	47
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 4	 
	COVENANTS	 
	 	 	 
	Section 4.01	Payment of Notes	49
	Section 4.02	Maintenance of Office or Agency	49
	Section 4.03	Reports	50
	Section 4.04	Compliance Certificate	52
	Section 4.05	Taxes	52
	Section 4.06	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	52
	Section 4.07	Restricted Payments	53
	Section 4.08	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	56
	 	 	 

   

  
    i 

    
      
 

  

   

  	Section 4.09	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Equity	58
	Section 4.10	Asset Sales	61
	Section 4.11	Transactions with Affiliates	63
	Section 4.12	Liens	65
	Section 4.13	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control	65
	Section 4.14	Additional Guarantees	67
	Section 4.15	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	67
	Section 4.16	Termination of Covenants	68
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 5	 
	SUCCESSORS	 
	 	 	 
	Section 5.01	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets	69
	Section 5.02	Successor Corporation Substituted	69
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 6	 
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	 
	 	 	 
	Section 6.01	Events of Default	70
	Section 6.02	Acceleration	72
	Section 6.03	Other Remedies	72
	Section 6.04	Waiver of Past Defaults	72
	Section 6.05	Control by Majority	72
	Section 6.06	Limitation on Suits	73
	Section 6.07	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment	73
	Section 6.08	Collection Suit by Trustee	73
	Section 6.09	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	73
	Section 6.10	Priorities	74
	Section 6.11	Undertaking for Costs	74
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 7	 
	TRUSTEE	 
	 	 	 
	Section 7.01	Duties of Trustee	74
	Section 7.02	Rights of Trustee	75
	Section 7.03	Individual Rights of Trustee	76
	Section 7.04	Trustee’s Disclaimer	77
	Section 7.05	Notice of Defaults	77
	Section 7.06	Compensation and Indemnity	77
	Section 7.07	Replacement of Trustee	78
	Section 7.08	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	79
	Section 7.09	Eligibility; Disqualification	79
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 8	 
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	 
	 	 	 
	Section 8.01	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	79
	Section 8.02	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	79
	Section 8.03	Covenant Defeasance	80
	Section 8.04	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	80
	Section 8.05	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	81 

        
	Section 8.06	Repayment to the Company	82
	Section 8.07	Reinstatement	82

   

  
    ii 

    
      
 

  

   

  	ARTICLE 9	 
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	 
	 	 	 
	Section 9.01	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	82
	Section 9.02	With Consent of Holders of Notes	83
	Section 9.03	Revocation and Effect of Consents	85
	Section 9.04	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	85
	Section 9.05	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	85
	Section 9.06	Effect of Supplemental Indentures	85
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 10	 
	NOTE GUARANTEES	 
	 	 	 
	Section 10.01	Guarantee	86
	Section 10.02	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	87
	Section 10.03	Execution and Delivery of Notation of Note Guarantee	87
	Section 10.04	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms	87
	Section 10.05	Releases	88
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 11	 
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	 
	 	 	 
	Section 11.01	Satisfaction and Discharge	89
	Section 11.02	Application of Trust Money	90
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 12	 
	MISCELLANEOUS	 
	 	 	 
	Section 12.01	TIA Not Applicable	90
	Section 12.02	Notices	90
	Section 12.03	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	91
	Section 12.04	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	92
	Section 12.05	Rules by Trustee and Agents	92
	Section 12.06	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Unitholders	92
	Section 12.07	Governing Law	92
	Section 12.08	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	92
	Section 12.09	Successors	92
	Section 12.10	Severability	93
	Section 12.11	Counterpart Originals	93
	Section 12.12	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	93
	Section 12.13	Payment Date Other Than a Business Day	93
	Section 12.14	Evidence of Action by Holders	93
	Section 12.15	U.S.A. Patriot Act	94
	Section 12.16	Force Majeure	94
	Section 12.17	Waiver of Jury Trial	94

   

  
    iii 

    
      
 

  

   

  	EXHIBITS
	 
	Exhibit A	FORM OF NOTE
	Exhibit B	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
	Exhibit C	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
	Exhibit D	FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
	Exhibit E	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

   

  
    iv 

    
      
 

  

  
   

  THIS INDENTURE dated as of April 1, 2021, is among Solaris Midstream Holdings, LLC (the “Company”),

      the Guarantors (as defined) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee.

   

  The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee (as defined) agree as follows for the benefit
      of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 7.625% Senior Sustainability-Linked Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”):

   

  ARTICLE 1

      DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

      BY REFERENCE

   

  Section 1.01            Definitions.

   

  “144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A
      hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of
      the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

   

  “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

   

  (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is
      merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such
      specified Person, but excluding Indebtedness which is extinguished, retired or repaid in connection with such Person merging with or becoming a Subsidiary of such specific Person; and

   

  (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such
      specified Person.

   

  “Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued
      under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

   

  “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
      controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct
      or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under
        common control with” have correlative meanings.

   

  “Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

   

  “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note at the time of determination,
      the greater of:

   

  (1) 100% of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; or

   

  
    1 

    
      
 

  

   

  (2) the present value at such time of (i) the redemption price of the Note at
      April 1, 2023, provided that if the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Company reasonably expects to satisfy the Sustainability Performance Target in respect of the Observation Period, then such
      redemption price will be “Redemption Price (if the Sustainability Performance Target has been satisfied and the Company has provided the Satisfaction Notice to the Trustee)” in the table appearing in Section 3.07(c); provided, further, that
      if the Company shall fail to deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Company reasonably expects to satisfy the Sustainability Performance Target in respect of the Observation Period, then such redemption price will be set
      forth under “Redemption Price (if the Sustainability Performance Target has not been satisfied and/or the Company has not provided the Satisfaction Notice to the Trustee)” in the table appearing in Section 3.07(c), plus (ii) all required interest
      payments due on the Note through April 1, 2023 (in each case, excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date) computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points.

   

  “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for
      beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

   

  “Asset Sale” means:

   

  (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any properties or
      assets; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Section 4.13 hereof or Section 5.01
      hereof and not by Section 4.10 hereof; and

   

  (2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted
      Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

   

  Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset
      Sale:

   

  (1) any sale, assignment, lease, license, transfer, abandonment or other disposition of (A) damaged,
      worn-out, unserviceable or other obsolete or excess equipment or other property or (B) other property no longer necessary for the proper conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

   

  (2) any single transaction or series of related transactions that: (a) involves
      assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $15.0 million or (b) results in net proceeds to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of less than $15.0 million;

   

  (3) a transfer of properties or assets between or among the Company and its
      Restricted Subsidiaries;

   

  (4) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
      to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

   

  (5) the sale or other disposition of inventory, products, services or accounts
      receivable in the ordinary course of business;

   

  (6) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents, Hedging
      Obligations or other financial instruments in the ordinary course of business;

   

  (7) a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 4.07 hereof or a
      Permitted Investment;

   

  
    2 

    
      
 

  

   

  (8) any trade or exchange by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
      properties or assets of any type for properties or assets of any type owned or held by another Person, provided that the Fair Market Value of the properties or assets traded or exchanged by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (together
      with any cash or Cash Equivalents plus the amount of any liabilities assumed) is reasonably equivalent to the Fair Market Value of the properties or assets to be received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (together with any cash or Cash
      Equivalents plus the amount of any liabilities assumed); and provided further that any cash received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof;

   

  (9) the creation or perfection of a Lien that is not prohibited by Section 4.12
      hereof;

   

  (10) surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or
      surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

   

  (11) the grant in the ordinary course of business of any non-exclusive license
      of patents, trademarks, registrations therefor and other similar intellectual property;

   

  (12) any sale or other disposition of Equity Interests in, or other securities
      of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

   

  (13) any disposition of defaulted receivables that arose in the ordinary course
      of business for collection;

   

  (14) dispositions resulting from any casualty or other insured damage to, or
      any taking under power of eminent domain, foreclosure or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

   

  (15) dispositions of assets to the extent that (i) such assets are exchanged
      for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement assets or (ii) the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement assets; and

   

  (16) sales, transfers or other dispositions of investments in joint ventures to
      the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements.

   

  “Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale-and-leaseback transaction means, at the
      time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale-and-leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or
      may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. As used in the preceding sentence, “net rental payments” under any lease for any such period shall mean the sum of rental and other payments required to be paid with respect to such period by the lessee
      thereunder, excluding any amounts required to be paid by such lessee on account of maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments, water rates or similar charges. In the case of any lease that is terminable by the lessee upon payment of
      penalty, such net rental payment shall also include the amount of such penalty, but no rent shall be considered as required to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated. For purposes of this definition,
      present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in the subject transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such sale-and-leaseback transaction results in a
      Finance Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Finance Lease Obligation.”

   

  “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for
      the relief of debtors.

   

  
    3 

    
      
 

  

   

  “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule
      13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities
      that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficial Ownership,” “Beneficially Owns” and
      “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. For purposes of this definition, a Person shall be deemed not to Beneficially Own securities that are the subject of a stock or unit purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until
      consummation of the transactions or, as applicable, series of related transactions contemplated thereby.

   

  “Board of Directors” means:

   

  (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or
      any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

   

  (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors, board of managers or
      other governing body of the general partner of the partnership, or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

   

  (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the board of directors or
      board of managers, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof or other governing body; and

   

  (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person
      serving a similar function.

   

  “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

   

  “Capital Stock” means:

   

  (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

   

  (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares,
      interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

   

  (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership
      interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

   

  (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to
      receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of
      participation with Capital Stock.

   

  “Cash Equivalents” means:

   

  (1) securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States
      government or any agency thereof having maturities of not more than twenty-four (24) months from the date of acquisition thereof;

   

  
    4 

    
      
 

  

   

  (2) time deposits with, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances or
      Eurodollar time deposits of, any commercial bank that is a lender under the Credit Agreement or (a) is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking subsidiary of a
      bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any United States branch of a foreign bank, and is a member of the Federal Reserve System, (b) issues long term securities
      with a rating of at least A- (or then equivalent grade, in each case with a stable outlook) by S&P and A3 (or then equivalent grade, in each case with a stable outlook) by Moody’s at the time of acquisition and (c) has combined capital and
      surplus of at least $500,000,000, in each case with maturities of not more than twenty-four (24) months from the date of acquisition thereof;

   

  (3) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least “A-2” (or the then equivalent
      grade) by S&P or “P-2” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s at the time of acquisition or guaranteed by a letter of credit issued by a financial institution rated at least A- (or then equivalent grade, in each case with stable outlook) by
      S&P and A3 (or then equivalent grade, in each case with stable outlook) by Moody’s at the time of acquisition and such financial institution otherwise meets the requirements of clauses (2)(a) and (c) of this definition, in each case having a
      tenor of not more than 270 days;

   

  (4) taxable and tax-exempt municipal securities rated at least A- (or then
      equivalent grade) by S&P and A3 (or then equivalent grade) by Moody’s, including variable rate municipal securities, having maturities or put rights of not more than twenty-four (24) months from the date of acquisition;

   

  (5) corporate or bank debt of an issuer rated at least A- (or then equivalent
      grade, in each case with a stable outlook) by S&P and A3 (or then equivalent grade, in each case with stable outlook) by Moody’s at the time of acquisition and having maturities of not more than twenty-four (24) months from the date of
      acquisition;

   

  (6) repurchase agreements relating to any of the investments listed in clauses
      (1) through (5) above with a market value at least equal to the consideration paid in connection therewith, with any Person who regularly engages in the business of entering into repurchase agreements and has a combined capital and surplus of not
      less than $500,000,000 whose long term securities are rated at least A- (or then equivalent grade) by S&P and A3 (or then equivalent grade) by Moody’s at the time of acquisition;

   

  (7) asset-backed securities having as the underlying asset securities issued or
      guaranteed by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or the Federal National Mortgage Association rated at least A- (or then equivalent grade, in each case with stable outlook) by S&P and A3 (or then equivalent grade, in each case with case
      with stable outlook) by Moody’s at the time of acquisition and having maturities of not more than twenty-four (24) months from the date of acquisition; and

   

  (8) Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the
      Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in money market mutual or similar funds having assets in excess of $100,000,000, at least 95% of the assets of which are comprised of assets specified in clauses (1) through (7) above of this definition.

   

  “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

   

  (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other
      disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used
      in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or a Qualified Owner, which occurrence is followed by a Rating Decline;

   

  
    5 

    
      
 

  

   

  (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the
      Company; or

   

  (3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any
      merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above), other than a Qualified Owner, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power
      rather than number of shares or member interests, which occurrence is followed by a Rating Decline.

   

  Notwithstanding the preceding, (a) a conversion of the Company from a limited liability
      company to a corporation, limited partnership or other form of entity or an exchange of all of the outstanding Equity Interests in one form of entity for Equity Interests in such other form of entity shall not constitute a Change of Control, so long
      as immediately following such conversion or exchange the “persons” (as defined above) who Beneficially Owned the Capital Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transactions continue to Beneficially Own in the aggregate more than 50% of the
      Voting Stock of such entity, or continue to Beneficially Own sufficient Equity Interests in such entity to elect a majority of its directors, managers, trustees or other persons serving in a similar capacity for such entity, (b) a “person” or “group”
      shall not be deemed to Beneficially Own securities subject to a stock or asset purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement (or voting or option or similar agreement related thereto) until the consummation of the transactions
      contemplated by such agreement and (c) a Change of Control shall not occur as a result of the IPOCo Transactions, the Qualified IPO, and the transactions relating thereto, including, without limitation, (x) the contribution of the Company to IPOCo
      and (y) any transaction in which the Company remains a subsidiary of IPOCo but one or more intermediate holding companies between the Company and IPOCo are added, liquidated, merged or consolidated out of existence.

   

  “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A.

   

  “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

   

  “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any
      period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

   

  (1) an amount (to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income) equal to
      the dividends or distributions paid during such period in cash or Cash Equivalents to such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; plus

   

  (2) an amount equal to any net loss realized by such Person or any of its
      Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale or the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the
      extent such loss was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

   

  (3) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its
      Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

   

  (4) the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
      period (together with items excluded from the definition of “Fixed Charges” pursuant to clause (B) thereof), to the extent that such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

   

  
    6 

    
      
 

  

   

  (5) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but
      excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or
      amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such
      Consolidated Net Income; minus

   

  (6) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period,
      other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business,

   

  in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

   

  “Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of
      (1) Consolidated Leverage Ratio Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination to (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recent four consecutive fiscal
      quarters ending prior to the date of determination for which quarterly financial statements in respect thereof are available. For purposes of this definition, Consolidated Leverage Ratio Indebtedness and Consolidated Cash Flow shall be determined on
      a pro forma basis to the same extent as set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

   

  “Consolidated Leverage Ratio Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified
      Person, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness for borrowed money.

   

  “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any
      period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

   

  (1) the aggregate Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a
      Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person;

   

  (2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) will
      be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been
      obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, partners or
      members;

   

  (3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be
      excluded;

   

  (4) unrealized losses and gains under derivative instruments included in the
      determination of Consolidated Net Income, including, without limitation those resulting from the application of the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification No. 815 will be excluded;

   

  (5) any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such
      gain or loss, realized in connection with (a) any Asset Sale (including dispositions pursuant to sale-and-leaseback transactions) or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person shall
      be excluded;

   

  
    7 

    
      
 

  

   

  (6) any impairment charge or asset write-off pursuant to the Financial
      Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification No. 350 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” shall be excluded;

   

  (7) any non-cash compensation charge arising from any grant of stock, stock
      options or other equity-based awards shall be excluded;

   

  (8) any unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge, together with any related
      provision for taxes on such unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge, shall be excluded;

   

  (9) any non-cash or other charges relating to any premium or penalty paid,
      write-off of deferred finance costs or other charges in connection with redeeming or retiring any Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity shall be excluded; and

   

  (10) expenses related to the IPOCo Transactions and other transactions related
      to the Equity Interests of the Company shall be excluded.

   

  “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, at any date of determination, the
      aggregate amount of total assets included in the most recent quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet of the Company prepared in accordance with GAAP less applicable reserves reflected in such balance sheet, after deducting the following
      amounts: (a) all current liabilities reflected in such balance sheet, and (b) all goodwill, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discounts and expenses and other like intangibles reflected in such balance sheet, with such pro forma adjustments to
      total assets, reserves, current liabilities, goodwill, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discounts and expenses and other like intangibles as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of
      “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

   

  “continuing” means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such
      Default or Event of Default has not been cured or waived.

   

  “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee
      specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

   

  “Credit Agreement” means that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit
      Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2021, among the Company, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and lead arranger, providing for revolving credit borrowings and letters of
      credit, including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from
      time to time.

   

  “Credit Facilities” means, one or more debt facilities (including, without
      limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities or Debt Issuances, in each case, with banks or other institutional lenders or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the
      sale of receivables to such lenders, other financiers or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from (or sell such receivables to) such lenders or other financiers against such receivables), letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, other
      borrowings or Debt Issuances, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, extended, refunded, replaced or refinanced (in each case, without limitation as to amount), in whole or in part from time to time (including through one or more Debt
      Issuances) and any agreements and related documents governing Indebtedness or Obligations incurred to refinance amounts then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding, whether or not with the original administrative agent, lenders, investment banks,
      insurance companies, mutual funds, other lenders, investors or any of the foregoing and whether provided under the original agreement, indenture or other documentation relating thereto.

   

  
    8 

    
      
 

  

   

  “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary with respect to
      the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

   

  “Customary Recourse Exceptions” means, with respect to any Non-Recourse Debt of an
      Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture, exclusions from the exculpation provisions with respect to such Non-Recourse Debt for fraud, misapplication of cash, waste, willful destruction, bad faith and other circumstances customarily excluded by
      lenders from exculpation provisions or included in separate indemnification agreements in non-recourse financings.

   

  “Debt Issuances” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted
      Subsidiaries, one or more issuances after the Issue Date of Indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar securities or instruments.

   

  “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of
      notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

   

  “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder
      thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note”
      attached thereto.

   

  “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in
      part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this
      Indenture.

   

  “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value (as determined in
      good faith by the Company) of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, less the amount
      of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

   

  “Disqualified Equity” means any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the
      terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Equity Interest), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking
      fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Equity Interest, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature, except such Equity Interest that is solely
      redeemable with, or solely exchangeable for, any Equity Interest of such Person that is not Disqualified Equity. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Equity Interest that would constitute Disqualified Equity solely because the holders of the
      Equity Interest have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Equity Interest upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Equity if the terms of such Equity Interest provide that the Company
      may not repurchase or redeem any such Equity Interest pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof.

   

  “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was
      formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia.

   

  
    9 

    
      
 

  

   

  “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights
      to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

   

  “Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of Equity Interests (other than
      Disqualified Equity) made for cash on a primary basis by the Company after the Issue Date, the net proceeds from which have not been applied to redeem, prepay or refinance any other Indebtedness (other than the temporary repayment of Indebtedness
      under a revolving facility).

   

  “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank SA/NV, as operator of the Euroclear system.

   

  “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

   

  “Existing Indebtedness” means the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of
      the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the Issue Date, until such amounts are repaid.

   

  “External Verifier” means an independent third party engaged by the Company who
      in the ordinary course of business evaluates metrics such as the Sustainability Performance Target and provides limited assurances with respect thereto.

   

  “Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an
      unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company if the value is $25.0 million or more.

   

  “Finance Lease Obligation” means an obligation that is required to be classified
      and accounted for as a finance lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in
      respect of a finance lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior
      to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty. Any lease that would be accounted for as an operating lease under GAAP will not be deemed to be a Finance Lease Obligation.

   

  “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any
      period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays,
      repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than revolving credit borrowings not constituting a permanent commitment reduction that are used to fund working capital) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified
      Equity subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation

        Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or
      redemption of Disqualified Equity, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Reference Period.

   

  
    10 

    
      
 

  

   

  In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

   

  (1) acquisitions (including, without limitation, a single asset, a division or
      segment or an entire company) that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers, asset purchase transactions or consolidations and including any related financing transactions during the
      Reference Period or subsequent to such Reference Period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the Reference Period, including any Consolidated Cash Flow and any pro forma
      expense and cost reductions that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur, in the reasonable judgment of the chief financial or accounting officer of the Company (regardless of whether those cost savings or operating improvements could then
      be reflected in pro forma financial statements in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or any other regulation or policy of the SEC related thereto);

   

  (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as
      determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded;

   

  (3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in
      accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of
      the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

   

  (4) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense
      on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the average rate in effect from the beginning of the applicable period to the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to
      such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of 12 months); and

   

  (5) if any Indebtedness is incurred under a revolving credit facility and is
      being given pro forma effect, the interest on such indebtedness shall be calculated based on the average daily balance of such Indebtedness for the four fiscal quarters subject to the pro forma calculation.

   

  “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, (A)
      the sum, without duplication, of:

   

  (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
      Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the
      interest component of all payments associated with Finance Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net
      of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates; plus

   

  (2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
      Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

   

  (3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed
      by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

   

  
    11 

    
      
 

  

   

  (4) an amount equal to all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or
      not in cash, on any series of Disqualified Equity of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Equity) or to the Company or a
      Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; minus

   

  (B) to the extent included in (A) above, write-off of non-recurring deferred financing costs of
      such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period and any charge related to, or any premium or penalty paid in connection with, paying any Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to its Stated Maturity,

   

  in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

   

  “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, which
      are in effect from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the characterization of leases as operating or capital leases shall be determined in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date of entry into the applicable lease.

   

  If there occurs a change in generally accepted accounting principles relating to revenue
      recognition resulting from the joint revenue recognition standard of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the International Accounting Standards Board, and such change would cause a change in the method of calculation of standards or terms as
      determined in good faith by the Company (an “Accounting Change”), then the Company may elect, as evidenced by a written notice of the Company to the Trustee, that such standards or terms shall be calculated as if such Accounting Change has
      not occurred. Any such election with respect to such Accounting Change may not thereafter be changed.

   

  “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2) hereof,
      which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

   

  “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global
      Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of
      Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), 2.06(d)(1), 2.06(d)(2) or 2.06(d)(3) hereof.

   

  “Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by,
      the United States of America for the payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged.

   

  “Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments
      for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any
      Indebtedness, and the term “Guaranteed” has a correlative meaning.

   

  “Guarantors” means each of:

   

  (1) any Subsidiary of the Company executing this Indenture as an initial
      Guarantor;

   

  (2) each of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that becomes a guarantor
      of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.14 hereof; and

   

  (3) each other Person executing a supplemental indenture in which such Person
      agrees to be a Guarantor of the Notes and to be bound by the terms of this Indenture

   

  provided that any Person constituting a Guarantor as described above shall cease
      to constitute a Guarantor when its Note Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

   

  
    12 

    
      
 

  

   

  “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations
      of such Person incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes under:

   

  (1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from
      floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements entered into with one or more financial institutions and designed to reduce costs of borrowing or to protect the Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
      entering into the agreement against fluctuations in interest rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred;

   

  (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or
      interest rate risk; and

   

  (3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against
      fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

   

  “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

   

  “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of
      such Person, whether or not contingent:

   

  (1) in respect of borrowed money;

   

  (2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of
      credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

   

  (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances;

   

  (4) representing Finance Lease Obligations or Attributable Debt in respect of
      sale and leaseback transactions;

   

  (5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any
      property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or

   

  (6) representing any Hedging Obligations,

   

  if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Attributable Debt and Hedging
      Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset (other than Liens on and
      pledges of the Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Joint Venture owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case, securing Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture, as applicable)
      of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. The term “Indebtedness” excludes,
      however, any repayment or reimbursement obligation of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Customary Recourse Exceptions, unless and until an event or circumstance occurs that triggers the Person’s or such Restricted
      Subsidiary’s direct repayment or reimbursement obligation (as opposed to contingent or performance obligations) to the lender or other Person to whom such obligation is actually owed, in which case the amount of such direct payment or reimbursement
      obligation shall constitute Indebtedness.

   

  
    13 

    
      
 

  

   

  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not constitute “Indebtedness”:

   

  (1) accrued expenses and trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course
      of business;

   

  (2) any Indebtedness which has been defeased in accordance with GAAP or
      defeased pursuant to the deposit of cash or Government Securities (in an amount sufficient to satisfy all such Indebtedness at Stated Maturity or redemption, as applicable, and all payments of interest and premium, if any) in a trust or account
      created or pledged for the sole benefit of the holders of such Indebtedness and subject to no other Liens, and the other applicable terms of the instrument governing such Indebtedness;

   

  (3) any obligation arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial
      institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such obligation is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;

   

  (4) any obligation arising from any agreement providing for indemnities,
      Guarantees, purchase price adjustments, holdbacks, contingency payment obligations based on the performance of the acquired or disposed assets or similar obligations (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness) incurred by any Person in connection with
      the acquisition or disposition of assets; and

   

  (5) Indebtedness, the proceeds of which are funded into an escrow account or
      trust or similar arrangement pending the satisfaction of one or more conditions, unless and until such proceeds are released to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

   

  “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

   

  “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global
      Note through a Participant.

   

  “Initial Notes” means the first $400.0 million in aggregate principal amount of
      Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof.

   

  “Investment Grade Rating” of the Notes, means that the Notes shall have been
      assigned a Moody’s rating of Baa3 or higher or an S&P rating of BBB- or higher, or if one of such rating agencies shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available for reasons outside the control of the Company, then “Investment Grade
      Rating” shall mean that the Notes shall have been assigned such a rating by one of such rating agencies and an equivalent investment grade credit rating from any other “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” registered under Section
      15E of the Exchange Act selected by the Company.

   

  “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect
      investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances (excluding advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts
      receivable on the balance sheet of the lender and commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), or capital contributions, purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness,
      Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any
      Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the
      date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07(b) hereof.

   

  
    14 

    
      
 

  

   

  “IPOCo” means a Person formed for the purpose of acquiring, directly or
      indirectly, Equity Interests of the Company in order to undertake an initial public offering of such Person’s Equity Interests in connection with a Qualified IPO.

   

  “IPOCo Transactions” means the transactions in connection with the formation and
      capitalization of IPOCo prior to and in connection with the consummation of the Qualified IPO, including, without limitation, (1) the legal formation of IPOCo and one or more Subsidiaries of the Qualified Owners to own interests therein, (2) the
      contribution, directly or indirectly, of the Equity Interest of the Company and other Subsidiaries of the Company to IPOCo, or the other acquisition by IPOCo thereof, (3) the conversion of the outstanding Equity Interests in the Company into a new
      class of Equity Interests in the Company, (4) the distribution by the Company to the Qualified Owners of any proceeds from the offering of the Notes and cash generated from operations, (5) the issuance of Capital Stock of IPOCo or the Company to the
      public and the use of proceeds therefrom to pay transaction expenses, distribute funds as a reimbursement for capital expenditures, and other purposes approved by a Qualified Owner, (6) the execution, delivery and performance of customary
      documentation (and amendments to existing documentation) governing the relations between and among the Company, IPOCo, the Qualified Owners and their respective Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, the execution, delivery and performance of a
      tax receivable agreement among IPOCo, the Company and the Qualified Owners on customary terms for similar transactions and (7) any other transactions and documentation related to the foregoing or necessary or appropriate in the view of the Qualified
      Owners or the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company in connection with the consummation of the Qualified IPO.

   

  “Issue Date” means April 1, 2021, the first date on which the Notes are issued,
      authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

   

  “Joint Venture” means any Person that is not a direct or indirect Subsidiary of
      the Company in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes any Investment.

   

  “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions
      in the City of New York or at another place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day
      that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

   

  “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge,
      security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any
      option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction, other than a precautionary financing
      statement respecting a lease not intended as a security agreement. In no event shall a right of first refusal be deemed to constitute a Lien.

   

  “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor to the rating
      agency business thereof.

   

  “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of
      such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however: any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in
      connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

   

  
    15 

    
      
 

  

   

  “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of
      its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of:

   

  (1) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without
      limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale,

   

  (2) taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after
      taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements,

   

  (3) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than
      Indebtedness under a Credit Facility, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and all distributions and payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such
      Asset Sale, and

   

  (4) any amounts to be set aside in any reserve established in accordance with
      GAAP or any amount placed in escrow, in either case for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such properties or assets or for liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries until
      such time as such reserve is reversed or such escrow arrangement is terminated, in which case Net Proceeds shall include only the amount of the reserve so reversed or the amount returned to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries from such escrow
      arrangement, as the case may be.

   

  “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

   

  (1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit
      support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, except for Customary Recourse Exceptions, or (c) constitutes the lender;

   

  (2) as to which the lenders will not have any recourse to the assets of the Company or any of its
      Restricted Subsidiaries, except as contemplated by clause (13) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and except for Customary Recourse Exceptions; and

   

  (3) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may
      have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other
      Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity.

   

  “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

   

  “Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s
      obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, which may be evidenced by a notation thereof executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

   

  “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The
      Initial Notes, any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single series for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offer to purchase, and unless the context otherwise requires, all
      references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

   

  
    16 

    
      
 

  

   

  “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications,
      reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

   

  “Offering Memorandum” means the final Offering Memorandum of the Company, dated
      March 24, 2021 with respect to the Initial Notes.

   

  “Officer” means, with respect to any Person other than the Trustee, the Chairman
      of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person (or, if such Person is a
      limited partnership, the general partner of such Person).

   

  “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two
      Officers, one of whom in the case of any Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.04(a), must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the
      Company, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof.

   

  “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably
      acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

   

  “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a
      Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

   

  “Permitted Acquisition Indebtedness” means Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity of
      the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity was Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity of (i) a Subsidiary prior to the date on which such Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) a
      Person that merged with or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that on the date such Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or the date such Person was merged with or consolidated with the Company or a
      Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, after giving pro forma effect thereto, (a) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described under Section 4.09(a) hereof
      or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company immediately prior to such transaction; provided that such Indebtedness was not incurred in contemplation
      of, or in connection with, such acquisition, merger or consolidation.

   

  “Permitted Business” means (1) developing and operating produced water
      infrastructure and recycling of water and other oil and gas midstream services, (2) water distribution and waste water treatment services and other services for recycled water or (3) any activity that is ancillary, complementary or incidental to or
      necessary or appropriate for the activities described in clauses (1) and (2) of this definition, including entering into Hedging Obligations related to any of these activities.

   

  “Permitted Business Investments” means Investments by the Company or any of its
      Restricted Subsidiaries in any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company or in any Joint Venture in the ordinary course of business that are of a nature that is or shall have become customary in a Permitted Business, provided that:

   

  (1) at the time of such Investment and immediately thereafter, the Company
      could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof;

   

  
    17 

    
      
 

  

   

  (2) if such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture has outstanding
      Indebtedness at the time of such Investment, either (a) all such Indebtedness is Non-Recourse Debt or is owed to the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (b) any such Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Joint Venture that is
      recourse to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (which shall include, without limitation, all Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture for which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may be directly or
      indirectly, contingently or otherwise, obligated to pay, whether pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness, by law or pursuant to any guarantee, including, without limitation, any “claw-back,” “make-well” or “keep-well arrangement”) could, at the
      time such Investment is made, be incurred at that time by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries under Section 4.09 hereof; and

   

  (3) such Unrestricted Subsidiary’s or Joint Venture’s activities are not
      outside the scope of the Permitted Business.

   

  “Permitted Investments” means:

   

  (1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

   

  (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

   

  (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
      in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

   

  (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

   

  (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers
      or conveys substantially all of its properties or assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

   

  (4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration
      from:

   

  (a) an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10
      hereof; or

   

  (b) a disposition of assets deemed not to be an Asset Sale under the definition
      of “Asset Sale”;

   

  (5) any Investment in any Person solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity
      Interests (other than Disqualified Equity) of the Company;

   

  (6) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of
      trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any
      trade creditor or customer, or as a result of a foreclosure, perfection or enforcement by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment in default; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with
      Persons who are not Affiliates;

   

  (7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred;

   

  
    18 

    
      
 

  

   

  (8) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business of
      the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2.5 million at any one time outstanding;

   

  (9) repurchases of the Notes;

   

  (10) any Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for
      collection and lease, utility, workers’ compensation and performance and other similar deposits and prepaid expenses made in the ordinary course of business;

   

  (11) Permitted Business Investments; and

   

  (12) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value
      (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed the greater
      of (a) $25.0 million and (b) 3.5% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that any Investment pursuant to this clause (12) made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such
      Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to be made pursuant to this clause (12) for so long as such Person
      continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

   

  provided, however, that with respect to any Investment, the Company
      may, in its sole discretion, allocate all or any portion of any Investment and later re-allocate all or any portion of any Investment to one or more of the above clauses (1) through (12) so that the entire Investment would be a Permitted Investment.

   

  “Permitted Liens” means:

   

  (1) Liens securing any Indebtedness under any of the Credit Facilities and all
      Obligations and Hedging Obligations relating to such Indebtedness that was incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt;

   

  (2) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors;

   

  (3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged
      with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or
      consolidated with the Company or the Subsidiary;

   

  (4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition of the property by
      the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, such acquisition, and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition;

   

  (5) Liens and deposits to secure the performance of statutory obligations,
      surety or appeal bonds, workers compensation obligations, reimbursement obligations owed to insurers, bids, performance bonds, true leases, other types of social security or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of
      business (including Liens to secure letters of credit issued to assure payment of such obligations);

   

  (6) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens securing any Credit
      Facilities);

   

  
    19 

    
      
 

  

   

  (7) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not
      yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made
      therefor;

   

  (8) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s,
      repairman’s, mechanics’ and other like Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

   

  (9) defects, irregularities and deficiencies in title of any rights of way,
      survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that
      were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

   

  (10) inchoate Liens arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
      of 1974, and any amendments thereto (“ERISA”);

   

  (11) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Note
      Guarantees);

   

  (12) Liens on any property or asset acquired, constructed or improved by the
      Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, which (a) are in favor of the seller of such property or assets, in favor of the Person developing, constructing, repairing or improving such asset or property, or in favor of the Person that provided
      the funding for the acquisition, development, construction, repair or improvement cost, as the case may be, of such asset or property, (b) are created within 360 days after the acquisition, development, construction, repair or improvement, (c) secure
      the purchase price or development, construction, repair or improvement cost, as the case may be, of such asset or property in an amount up to 100% of the Fair Market Value of such acquisition, construction or improvement of such asset or property,
      and (d) are limited to the asset or property so acquired, constructed or improved (including the proceeds thereof, accessions thereto and upgrades thereof);

   

  (13) Liens on and pledges of the Equity Interests of any Unrestricted
      Subsidiary or any Joint Venture owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent securing Non-Recourse Debt or other Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture;

   

  (14) Liens in favor of collecting or payor banks having a right of setoff,
      revocation, refund or chargeback with respect to money or instruments of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on deposit with or in possession of such bank;

   

  (15) Liens securing Hedging Obligations or Treasury Management Arrangements of
      the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

   

  (16) Liens securing any insurance premium financing under customary terms and
      conditions, provided that no such Lien may extend to or cover any assets or property other than the insurance being acquired with such financing, the proceeds thereof and any unearned or refunded insurance premiums related thereto;

   

  (17) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any
      Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with respect to Indebtedness that at any one time outstanding does not exceed the greater of (a) $25.0 million and (b) 3.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;

   

  
    20 

    
      
 

  

   

  (18) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as any
      appropriate legal proceedings that may have been initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such legal proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

   

  (19) Liens resulting from the deposit of money or other cash equivalents in
      trust for the purpose of defeasing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

   

  (20) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be
      incurred under this Indenture; provided, however, that:

   

  (a) the new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets that secured or, under the
      written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

   

  (b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x)
      the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged with such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and
      expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge;

   

  (21) Liens relating to future escrow arrangements securing Indebtedness
      incurred in accordance with this Indenture; and

   

  (22) Liens renewing, extending, refinancing or refunding a Lien permitted by
      clauses (1) through (21) above; provided that (a) the principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness outstanding immediately prior to the renewal, extension, refinance or refund
      of such Lien, plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness secured thereby and the amount of all fees, expenses and premiums incurred in connection therewith, and (b) no assets encumbered by any such Lien other than the assets permitted to be
      encumbered immediately prior to such renewal, extension, refinance or refund are encumbered thereby.

   

  “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any
      of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany
      Indebtedness); provided that:

   

  (1) the principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not
      exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection
      therewith);

   

  (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later
      than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;

   

  
    21 

    
      
 

  

   

  (3) if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased
      or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes or
      the Note Guarantees, on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and

   

  (4) such Indebtedness is not incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a
      Guarantor) if the Company or a Guarantor is the issuer or other primary obligor of the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged.

   

  “Permitted Payments to Parent” means the distribution by the Company to IPOCo or any other direct or
      indirect parent of the Company from time to time of amounts necessary to fund the payment by or reimbursement of IPOCo or such other entity of (i) its general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses in the ordinary course of business and
      (ii) expenses related to the registration and offering of securities pursuant to registration rights agreements entered into by IPOCo in connection with the IPOCo Transaction (in either case, including any such fees, costs or expenses of independent
      auditors and legal counsel to IPOCo or such other entity, fees and expenses (including franchise or similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence and customary salary, bonus and other benefits payment to its directors, officers and
      employees), to the extent such costs and expenses are reasonably attributable or related to the ownership of the Company and the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries.

   

  “Permitted Tax Distributions” means:

   

  (1)    dividends or distributions by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company to any direct or
      indirect parent of the Company in an amount required for any such direct or indirect parent to pay franchise, excise and similar taxes and other fees and expenses (i) attributable to such parent’s direct or indirect ownership of the Company
      (determined as if the Company and its Subsidiaries were stand-alone taxpayers or a stand-alone taxable group) or (ii) required to maintain such parent’s corporate or other legal existence; and

   

  (2)    with respect to any taxable period or portion thereof during which the Company is a
      passthrough entity (including a partnership or a disregarded entity) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, dividends or distributions by the Company to any holder of Equity Interests in the Company, on or prior to each estimated tax payment date as
      well as each other applicable due date, such that each holder (or its direct or indirect owners’) receives, in the aggregate for such period, payments or distributions in an amount not to exceed such holder’s (or its direct or indirect owners) U.S.
      federal, state and local and foreign income taxes (as applicable), calculated in accordance with applicable law, attributable to its direct or indirect ownership of the Company, including any guaranteed payment income with respect to such Equity
      Interest, with respect to such taxable period (assuming that each such holder (or its direct and indirect owners) is subject to tax at the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income tax rates (including any tax rate imposed on
      “net investment income” by Section 1411 of the Code) applicable to an individual or, if higher, a corporate, resident in New York, New York), determined by (1) taking into account (A) any adjustment to such holder’s taxable income attributable to its
      direct and indirect ownership of the Company and its subsidiaries as a result of any tax examination, audit or adjustment with respect to any taxable period or portion thereof, (B) the character (e.g., long-term or short-term capital gain or
      ordinary) of the applicable income and (C) any net losses of the Company from prior periods, to the extent not previously taken into account in the computation of Permitted Tax Distributions, and (2) not taking into account (A) the effect of any
      deduction under Section 199A of the Code and (B) the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income purposes.

   

  
    22 

    
      
 

  

   

  “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
      association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

   

  “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(1) hereof
      to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

   

  “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

   

  “Qualified IPO” means an initial offer and sale of Equity Interests of the
      Company, IPOCo or other direct or indirect parent of the Company in an underwritten public offering for cash pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective by the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act (other than a registration
      statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or otherwise relating to Equity Interests of IPOCo or such other parent issuable under any employee benefit plan).

   

  “Qualified Owner” means each of (i) Yorktown Partners LLC and any affiliated funds
      or investment vehicles advised by Yorktown Partners LLC; (ii) Trilantic Capital Partners and any affiliated funds or investment vehicles advised by Trilantic Capital Partners; (iii) ConocoPhillips; (iv) any Person that is directly or indirectly
      controlled by any one or more of the Persons in the preceding clauses (i) through (iii) or any officer, director, manager, stockholder, partner or member thereof; and (v) any group (within the meaning of the Exchange Act) that includes one or more of
      the Persons described in the preceding clauses (i) through (iv), provided that such Persons described in the preceding clauses (i) through (iv) control more than 50% of the total voting power of such group; provided that in no event
      will any portfolio company of any of the foregoing be included in the definition of “Qualified Owner” unless following the applicable transaction such portfolio company continues to be a controlled Affiliate of the Persons described in the clauses
      (i) through (iii) above. Any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) or group whose acquisition of Beneficial Ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer or an Alternate
      Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Qualified Owner.

   

  “Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P.

   

  “Rating Categories” means:

   

  (1)    with respect to S&P, any of
      the following categories: AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); and

   

  (2)    with respect to Moody’s, any of
      the following categories: Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories).

   

  “Rating Decline” means the occurrence of a decrease in the rating of the Notes by
      one or more gradations by each Rating Agency (including gradations within the Rating Categories, as well as between Rating Categories), within 60 days before or after the earlier of (x) a Change of Control, (y) the date of public notice of the
      occurrence of a Change of Control or (z) public notice of the intention of the Company to effect a Change of Control; provided, however, that a Rating Decline otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating will not be deemed
      to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus will not be deemed a Rating Decline for purposes of the definition of Change of Control) unless such Rating Agency making the reduction in rating to which this definition would
      otherwise apply announces or publicly confirms or informs the Trustee in writing at the request of the Company or the Trustee that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of,
      or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control has occurred at the time of the Rating Decline).

   

  
    23 

    
      
 

  

   

  “Redemption Date” means the date on which any Notes are to be redeemed in
      accordance with Article 3 hereof.

   

  “Reference Period” means, with respect to any date of determination, the four most
      recent fiscal quarters of the Company for which internal financial statements are available.

   

  “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

   

  “Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a permanent Global Note substantially
      in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding
      principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

   

  “Regulation S Temporary Global Note” means a temporary Global Note substantially
      in the form of Exhibit A hereto and bearing the legend specified in Section 2.06(f)(3) deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of
      the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

   

  “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer
      within the corporate trust department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee), including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee
      customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and
      familiarity with the particular subject, and who, in each case, has direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

   

  “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement
      Legend.

   

  “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

   

  “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

   

  “Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in
      Regulation S.

   

  “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person
      that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. References to Restricted Subsidiaries are to Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company unless otherwise indicated.

   

  “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

   

  “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

   

  “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

   

  “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

   

  “S&P” means S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global, Inc., or any
      successor to the rating agency business thereof.

   

  
    24 

    
      
 

  

   

  “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

   

  “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

   

  “Senior Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person, Indebtedness of such
      Person, unless the instrument creating or evidencing such Indebtedness provides that such Indebtedness is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee of such Person, as the case may be.

   

  “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant
      subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

   

  “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal
      on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Issue Date, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or
      repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

   

  “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

   

  (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a
      partnership or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of the Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that
      Person (or a combination thereof); and

   

  (2) any partnership (whether general or limited) or limited liability company
      (a) the sole general partner or managing member of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person, or (b) if there are more than a single general partner or member, either (x) the only general partners or managing members of which are such
      Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof) or (y) such Person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, a majority of the outstanding general partner interests, member interests or other Voting Stock of such
      partnership or limited liability company, respectively.

   

  “Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Guarantor that is a Subsidiary of the Company.

   

  “Sustainability-Linked Bond Framework” means the Sustainability-Linked Bond
      Framework adopted by the Company in March 2021.

   

  “Sustainability Performance Target” means attaining the Company’s target set
      forth in the Sustainability-Linked Bond Framework to achieve recycled produced water sales of 60% of total water barrel sales per year based on an observation date of December 31, 2022. This target is determined by calculating the quotient of barrels
      of recycled produced water sold per year and total water barrels sold per year (i.e. the aggregate of total groundwater withdrawal barrels sold and recycled produced water barrels sold) encompassing 100% of the Company’s sourcing operations in the
      Permian Basin.

   

  “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C.
      §§77aaa-77bbbb).

   

  “Treasury Management Arrangement” means any agreement or other arrangement
      governing the provision of treasury or cash management services, including deposit accounts, overdraft, credit or debit card, funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, zero balance accounts, return check concentration, controlled disbursement,
      lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting and trade finance services and other cash management services.

   

  
    25 

    
      
 

  

   

  “Treasury Rate” means, as of the time of computation, the yield to maturity as of
      such time of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date
      (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to April 1, 2023; provided, however, that if the period from the
      Redemption Date to April 1, 2023, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

   

  “Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association until a successor replaces
      it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

   

  “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is
      not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

   

  “Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not
      required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

   

  “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated
      by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of such Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

   

  (1) except to the extent permitted by subclause (2)(b) of the definition of
      “Permitted Business Investments” has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

   

  (2) except as permitted by Section 4.11 hereof, is not party to any agreement,
      contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than
      those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

   

  (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its
      Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

   

  (4) has not Guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit
      support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent such Guarantee or credit support would be released, terminated or no longer exist upon such designation.

   

  All Subsidiaries of an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be also Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
      Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’
      Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it
      will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not
      permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company will be in default of such covenant.

   

  
    26 

    
      
 

  

   

  “U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the
      Securities Act.

   

  “Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of
      such Person that is at the time entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

   

  “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any
      date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

   

  (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then
      remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse
      between such date and the making of such payment; by

   

  (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

   

  Section 1.02            Other Definitions.

   

  	 	Defined in
	Term	Section
	“Advance Offer” 	4.10
	“Advance Portion” 	4.10
	“Affiliate Transaction” 	4.11
	“Alternate Offer” 	4.13
	“Asset Sale Offer” 	3.09
	“Authentication Order” 	2.02
	“Change of Control Offer” 	4.13
	“Change of Control Payment” 	4.13
	“Change of Control Payment Date” 	4.13
	“Covenant Defeasance” 	8.03
	“DTC” 	2.03
	“Event of Default” 	6.01
	“Excess Proceeds” 	4.10
	“incur” 	4.09
	“Interest Rate Step Up Trigger Date” 	2.14
	“Legal Defeasance” 	8.02
	“Notification Date” 	2.14
	“Observation Period” 	2.14
	“Offer Amount” 	3.09
	“Offer Period” 	3.09
	“Paying Agent” 	2.03
	“Payment Default” 	6.01
	“Permitted Debt” 	4.09
	“Purchase Date” 	3.09
	“Registrar” 	2.03
	“Reporting Default” 	6.01
	“Restricted Payments” 	4.07
	“Satisfaction Notification” 	2.14
	“Subsequent Rate of Interest” 	2.14
	“Termination Date” 	4.16

   

  
    27 

    
      
 

  

   

  Section 1.03            Rules of Construction.

   

  Unless the context otherwise requires:

   

  (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

   

  (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
      accordance with GAAP;

   

  (3) “or” is not exclusive;

   

  (4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the
      singular;

   

  (5) unless the context requires otherwise, “will” shall be interpreted to
      express a command;

   

  (6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

   

  (7) references to sections of or rules under the TIA, the Exchange Act or the
      Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

   

  ARTICLE 2

      THE NOTES

   

  Section 2.01            Form and Dating.

   

  (a)    General. The Notes and the
      Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its
      authentication. The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

   

  The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are
      hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any
      provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

   

  (b)    Global Notes. Notes issued
      in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in
      the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified
      therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced
      or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges, repurchases and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be
      made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

   

  
    28 

    
      
 

  

   

  (c)    Temporary Global Notes.
      Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for
      the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as
      hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period will terminate upon the delivery by the Company to the Trustee of notice of the expiration of the Restricted Period, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they
      have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any Beneficial Owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during
      the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who will take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section
      2.06(b) hereof).

   

  Following the termination of the Restricted Period, the Company shall instruct, which
      instructions shall be in writing and comply with Rule 9.03(b)(3)(ii)(B) of Regulation S, the Trustee to, and upon such instructions, the Trustee shall, exchange beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note for beneficial interests
      in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the exchange of such beneficial interests and in accordance with Section 2.06(h), the Trustee will (i) reduce and endorse the Regulation S Temporary
      Global Note accordingly and (ii) increase and endorse the Regulation S Permanent Global Note accordingly. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be
      increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

   

  (d)    Euroclear and Clearstream
        Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of
      Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

   

  Section 2.02            Execution and Authentication.

   

  At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual, facsimile or
      electronic signature.

   

  If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note
      is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

   

  A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual, facsimile or electronic
      signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

   

  The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer of
      the Company (an “Authentication Order”), together with the other documents required by Sections 12.03 and 12.04, authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The
      aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

   

  
    29 

    
      
 

  

   

  The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate
      Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to
      deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

   

  Section 2.03            Registrar and Paying Agent.

   

  The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for
      registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company
      may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar
      without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee
      shall act as such. The Company’s Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

   

  The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as
      Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

   

  The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent at
      its Corporate Trust Office and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

   

  Section 2.04            Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

   

  The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing
      that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company
      in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon
      payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the
      benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

   

  Section 2.05            Holder Lists.

   

  The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most
      recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee
      may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes.

   

  Section 2.06            Transfer and Exchange.

   

  (a)    Transfer and Exchange of
        Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such
      nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:

   

  
    30 

    
      
 

  

   

  (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is
      unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days;

   

  (2) the Company, at its option but subject to the Depositary’s requirements,
      notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of the Definitive Notes; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Note be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes prior to (A) the expiration
      of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act; or

   

  (3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with
      respect to the Notes, and the Depositary notifies the Trustee of its decision to exchange the Global Notes for Definitive Notes.

   

  Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive
      Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange
      for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another
      Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (e) hereof.

   

  (b)    Transfer and Exchange of
        Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.
      Participants and Indirect Participants shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as the Custodian with respect to the Global Notes, and the Company, the Trustee
      and any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be entitled to treat the Depositary as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any
      agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Participants or the Indirect Participants, the operation of
      customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. Subject to the provisions of this Section 2.06 and Section 12.16, the Holder of a Global Note shall be entitled to
      grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Participants and Indirect Participants and Persons that may hold interests through such Persons, to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.
      Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Except for the transfer of beneficial interests in the Regulation S
      Temporary Global Note for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note as provided in Section 2.01(c), transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as
      applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

   

  
    31 

    
      
 

  

   

  (1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note.
      Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private
      Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S.
      Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or
      instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).

   

  (2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global
        Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to either Section 2.06(b)(1) above or Section 2.06(e) below, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:

   

  (A)  both:

   

  (i)      a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note
      in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

   

  (ii)    instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or

   

  (B)  both:

   

  (i)      a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial
      interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

   

  (ii)    instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in clause (i) above.

   

  provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the
      transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the
      Securities Act.

   

  Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes
      contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

   

  (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note.
      A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2)
      above and the Registrar receives the following:

   

  (A)  if the transferee will take delivery
      in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

   

  
    32 

    
      
 

  

   

  (B)  if the transferee will take delivery
      in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2)
      thereof.

   

  (4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global
        Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who
      takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:

   

  (A)  if the holder of such beneficial
      interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a)
      thereof; or

   

  (B)  if the holder of such beneficial
      interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit
      B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof;

   

  and, in each such case set forth in Section 2.06(b)(4) hereof, if the Registrar so requests or if the
      Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in
      the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

   

  If any such transfer is effected pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(4) hereof at a time
      when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an
      aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred.

   

  Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or
      transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

   

  (c)    Transfer or Exchange of
        Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

   

  (1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted
        Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof
      in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

   

  (A)  if the holder of such beneficial
      interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

   

  
    33 

    
      
 

  

   

  (B)  if such beneficial interest is being
      transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

   

  (C)  if such beneficial interest is being
      transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

   

  (D)  if such beneficial interest is being
      transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

   

  (E)   if such beneficial interest is being
      transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

   

  (F)   if such beneficial interest is being
      transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

   

  the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced
      accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note
      issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall
      instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in
      exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

   

  (2) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to
        Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Section 2.06(c)(1)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form
      of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an
      exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

   

  (3) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted
        Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the
      form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

   

  (A)  if the holder of such beneficial
      interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

   

  
    34 

    
      
 

  

   

  (B)  if the holder of such beneficial
      interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including
      the certifications in item (4) thereof;

   

  and, in each such case set forth in Section 2.06(c)(2) hereof, if the Registrar so requests or if the
      Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in
      the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

   

  (4) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted
        Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the
      form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g)
      hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest
      pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary
      and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section
      2.06(c)(4) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

   

  (d)    Transfer and Exchange of
        Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

   

  (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted
        Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form
      of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

   

  (A)  if the Holder of such Restricted
      Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

   

  (B)  if such Restricted Definitive Note is
      being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

   

  (C)  if such Restricted Definitive Note is
      being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

   

  (D)  if such Restricted Definitive Note is
      being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

   

  
    35 

    
      
 

  

   

  (E)   if such Restricted Definitive Note is
      being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

   

  (F)   if such Restricted Definitive Note is
      being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

   

  (G)  if such Restricted Definitive Note is
      being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, the Trustee will cancel the Restricted
      Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above,
      the Regulation S Global Note.

   

  (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted
        Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
      beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

   

  (A)  if the Holder of such Definitive Notes
      proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

   

  (B)  if the Holder of such Definitive Notes
      proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4)
      thereof;

   

  and, in each such case set forth in Section 2.06(d)(2) hereof, if the Registrar so requests or if the
      Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in
      the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

   

  Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section
      2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

   

  (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted
        Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
      interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount
      of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

   

  
    36 

    
      
 

  

   

  If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial
      interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (2)(A), (2)(B), or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof,
      the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

   

  (e)    Transfer and Exchange of
        Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to
      such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by
      such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section
      2.06(e).

   

  (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any
      Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

   

  (A)  if the transfer will be made pursuant
      to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

   

  (B)  if the transfer will be made pursuant
      to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

   

  (C)  if the transfer will be made pursuant
      to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)
      thereof, if applicable.

   

  (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any
      Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the
      following:

   

  (A)  if the Holder of such Restricted
      Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

   

  (B)  if the Holder of such Restricted
      Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4)
      thereof;

   

  and, in each such case set forth in Section 2.06(e)(2) hereof, if the Registrar so requests, an
      Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no
      longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

   

  
    37 

    
      
 

  

   

  (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A
      Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the
      Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

   

  (f)     Legends. The following
      legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

   

  (1) Private Placement Legend.

   

  (A)  Except as permitted by subparagraph
      (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

   

  “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”),
      OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS
      EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION.

   

  EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION
      FROM SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE
      SECURITIES ACT) (A “QIB”), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, IS NOT ACQUIRING THIS NOTE FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS
      AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “IAI”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE
      HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY, OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE) OR (IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S SECURITIES) 40 DAYS
      RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE
      SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) TO AN IAI
      THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER WILL BE ATTACHED AS AN EXHIBIT TO THE INDENTURE)
      AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER OF LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT
      TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE
      SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO ABOVE, THE HOLDER MUST COMPLETE AND SUBMIT TO THE TRUSTEE THE CERTIFICATE SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE
      RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER (THE FORM OF WHICH CERTIFICATE WILL BE ATTACHED AS AN EXHIBIT TO THE INDENTURE). AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902
      OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

   

  
    38 

    
      
 

  

   

  (B)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
      Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(4), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2) or (e)(3) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement
      Legend.

   

  (2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in
      substantially the following form:

   

  “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE
      IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2)
      THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE
      TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

   

  UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE
      TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF
      SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR
      PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN
      AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

   

  (3) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S
      Temporary Global Note will bear a Legend in substantially the following form:

   

  “THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND
      MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR DELIVERED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON, UNLESS SUCH NOTES ARE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS THEREOF IS AVAILABLE.
      THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT APPLY FOLLOWING THE EXPIRATION OF FORTY DAYS FROM THE LATER OF (I) THE DATE ON WHICH THESE NOTES WERE FIRST OFFERED AND (II) THE DATE OF ISSUANCE OF THESE NOTES.”

   

  
    39 

    
      
 

  

   

  (g)    Cancellation and/or Adjustment
        of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for beneficial interests in another Global Note or Definitive Notes, or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or
      canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is
      exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and
      an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery
      thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to
      reflect such increase.

   

  (h)    General Provisions Relating to
        Transfers and Exchanges.

   

  (1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will
      execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

   

  (2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a
      Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer or exchange tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith
      (other than any such transfer or exchange taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.13 and 9.04 hereof).

   

  (3) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of
      transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such
      registration of transfer or exchange. The transferor shall also provide or cause to be provided to the Trustee all information necessary to allow the Trustee to comply with any applicable tax reporting obligations, including without limitation, any
      cost basis reporting obligations under Internal Revenue Code Section 6045. The Trustee may rely on any such information provided to it and shall have no responsibility to verify or ensure the accuracy of such information.

   

  (4) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:

   

  (A)  to issue, to register the transfer of
      or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection;

   

  
    40 

    
      
 

  

   

  (B)  to register the transfer of or to
      exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or

   

  (C)  to register the transfer of or to
      exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

   

  (5) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note,
      the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes,
      and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

   

  (6) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in
      accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

   

  (7) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be
      submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

   

  (8) Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall have any obligation or duty to
      monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Participants or
      beneficial owners of interests in any Definitive Note or Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of,
      this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

   

  Section 2.07            Replacement Notes.

   

  If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee
      receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If
      required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that
      any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

   

  Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to
      all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

   

  Section 2.08            Outstanding Notes.

   

  The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except
      for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except
      as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding
      for purposes of Section 3.07(a) hereof.

   

  
    41 

    
      
 

  

   

  If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless
      the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

   

  If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it
      ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

   

  If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof)
      holds, by 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on a Redemption Date or other maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

   

  Section 2.09            Treasury Notes.

   

  In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have
      concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be
      considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so
      owned will be so disregarded.

   

  Section 2.10            Temporary Notes.

   

  Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and
      the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, together with the other documents required by Sections 12.03 and 12.04, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have
      variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for
      temporary Notes.

   

  Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

   

  Section 2.11            Cancellation.

   

  The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar
      and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement
      or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes in accordance with the Trustee’s policy then in effect (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the
      Company upon written request. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

   

  Section 2.12            Defaulted Interest.

   

  If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, they will pay the
      defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01
      hereof, provided that no special record date shall be required with respect to a payment of interest that is made within the applicable grace period. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be
      paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment
      date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will send or cause to be sent to Holders a notice
      that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. The Trustee will not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder of Notes to determine defaulted interest, or with respect to
      the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of defaulted interest owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of defaulted interest.

   

  
    42 

    
      
 

  

   

  Section 2.13            Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar Not Responsible for Depositary

   

  None of the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Registrar shall have any responsibility or
      liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in any Global Note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. The
      Trustee, any Paying Agent and the Registrar shall be entitled to deal with any Depositary, and any nominee thereof, that is the Holder of any Global Note for all purposes of this Indenture relating to such Global Note (including the payment of
      principal, premium, if any, and interest, the giving of instructions or directions by or to the owner or holder of a beneficial ownership interest in such Global Note) as the sole Holder of such Global Note and shall have no obligations to the
      beneficial owners thereof. None of the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Registrar shall have any responsibility or liability for any acts or omissions of any Depositary with respect to any Global Notes, for the records of any Depositary, including
      records in respect of beneficial ownership interests in respect of any Global Note, for any transactions between such Depositary and any participant in such Depositary or between or among any such Depositary, any such participant or any holder or
      owner of a beneficial interest in any Global Note or for any transfers of beneficial interests in any Global Note.

   

  Section 2.14            Interest Rate Step Up

   

  From and including the interest payment period ending on October 1, 2023 (the “Interest

        Rate Step Up Trigger Date”), the interest rate payable solely on the Notes shall be increased once by 25 basis points to 7.875% per annum (the “Subsequent Rate of Interest”) unless the Company has notified (the “Satisfaction
        Notification”) the Trustee by delivery of an Officers’ Certificate at least 30 days prior to the Interest Rate Step Up Trigger Date (the “Notification Date”) that in respect of the year ended December 31, 2022 (the “Observation Period”):

      (i) the Sustainability Performance Target has been satisfied and (ii) the satisfaction of the Sustainability Performance Target has been confirmed by the External Verifier in accordance with customary procedures. If, as of the Notification Date, (x)
      the Company fails, or is unable, to provide the Satisfaction Notification, (y) the Sustainability Performance Target has not been satisfied or (z) the External Verifier has not confirmed satisfaction of the Sustainability Performance Target, the
      Subsequent Rate of Interest will apply from and including the first day of the interest rate period ending on the Interest Rate Step Up Trigger Date up to, and including, the maturity date of the Notes. The Trustee may conclusively rely on the
      Officers’ Certificate delivered by the Company with respect to the Satisfaction Notification and shall have no duty to monitor or confirm the Company’s satisfaction of the Sustainability Performance Target.

   

  ARTICLE 3

      REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

   

  Section 3.01            Notices to Trustee.

   

  If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of
      Section 3.07 or 4.13(d) hereof, they must furnish to the Trustee, at least five Business Days (unless a shorter period is satisfactory to the Trustee) before a notice of such redemption is to be given pursuant to Section 3.03, written notice setting
      forth:

   

  (1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

   

  
    43 

    
      
 

  

   

  (2) the Redemption Date;

   

  (3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and

   

  (4) the redemption price (if then determinable and otherwise the method of
      determination).

   

  Section 3.02            Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.

   

  If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select
      Notes for redemption as follows:

   

  (1)    if the Notes are listed on any
      national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or

   

  		(2)	if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis;

   

  and if the Notes are in global form, all in accordance with the procedures of the
      Depositary.

   

  No Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part. In the event of partial redemption,
      the particular Notes to be redeemed will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 15 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

   

  The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for
      redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all
      of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to
      Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

   

  The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any listing or delisting of
      the Notes on or from a national securities exchange.

   

  Section 3.03            Notice of Redemption.

   

  At least 15 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company will
      mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail (or sent electronically in the case of notices to DTC) a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be given more
      than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article 8 or 11 hereof. Notice of any redemption of the Notes (including upon
      an Equity Offering or in connection with a transaction (or series of related transactions) that constitute a Change of Control) may, at the Company’s discretion, be given prior to the completion thereof and be subject to one or more conditions
      precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering or Change of Control. In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Company’s
      discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time (including more than 60 days after the date the notice of redemption was delivered) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may
      be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date so delayed, or such notice may be rescinded at any time in the Company’s discretion if in the good faith
      judgment of the Company any or all of such conditions will not be satisfied. The Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee no later than the Redemption Date that all conditions to the redemption have been satisfied or if any such redemption
      has been rescinded or delayed, and upon receipt the Trustee shall provide such notice to each Holder of Notes in the same manner in which the redemption notice was given.

   

  
    44 

    
      
 

  

   

  The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

   

  (1) the Redemption Date;

   

  (2) the redemption price, if then determinable and, if not, the manner of its
      determination;

   

  (3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount
      of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original
      Note;

   

  (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

   

  (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to
      collect the redemption price;

   

  (6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment,
      interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

   

  (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to
      which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

   

  (8) any condition precedent to the redemption; and

   

  (9) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the
      CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

   

  At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s
      name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee written notice in accordance with Section 3.01 requesting that the Trustee give such notice and a form of the notice of redemption setting forth the
      information specified in the preceding paragraph.

   

  Section 3.04            Effect of Notice of Redemption.

   

  Once notice of redemption is given in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called
      for redemption without condition will become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price.

   

  Section 3.05            Deposit of Redemption Price.

   

  Prior to 11:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the redemption date, the Company will deposit with
      the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient (as determined by the Company) to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any
      money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed.

   

  
    45 

    
      
 

  

   

  If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the
      redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid
      interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption is not so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply
      with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate then in effect
      as provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

   

  Section 3.06            Notes Redeemed in Part.

   

  Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company will issue and, upon
      receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder, at the expense of the Company, a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

   

  Section 3.07            Optional Redemption.

   

  (a)    At any time prior to April 1,
      2023, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under this Indenture, upon prior notice in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, (i) if the Company
      delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate, upon which the Trustee can conclusively rely without any duty or inquiry, certifying that the Company reasonably expects to satisfy the Sustainability Performance Target in respect of the Observation
      Period, at a redemption price of 107.625% of the principal amount and (ii) if the Company fails to deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Company reasonably expects to satisfy the Sustainability Performance Target in
      respect of the Observation Period, at a redemption price of 107.875% of the principal amount thereof, in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of Notes on the
      relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date), with an amount of cash not greater than the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that:

   

  (1) at least 60% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this
      Indenture on the Issue Date (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

   

  (2) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such
      Equity Offering.

   

  (b)    Except pursuant to Section
      3.07(a), Section 3.07(d), and Section 4.13(d) hereof, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to April 1, 2023.

   

  (c)    On or after April 1, 2023, the
      Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon prior notice in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes
      redeemed to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 1 of each year indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on
      an interest payment date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date:

   

  
    46 

    
      
 

  

   

  	Year	Redemption Price (if the Sustainability Performance Target has been satisfied and the Company
              has provided the Satisfaction Notice to the Trustee)	
          Redemption Price (if the Sustainability Performance Target has 

          not been satisfied and/or the Company has not provided the Satisfaction Notice to the Trustee)

        
	Percentage	 
	2023 	103.8125%	103.9375%	 
	2024 	101.9063%	101.9688%	 
	2025 	  100.0000%	100.0000%	 

   

  (d)    At any time prior to April 1,
      2023, the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon prior notice in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and
      unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date. The notice need not set
      forth the Applicable Premium but only the manner of calculation of the redemption price. With respect to any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07(d), the Company will (i) calculate the Treasury Rate on the second Business Day preceding the
      applicable Redemption Date and (ii) prior to such Redemption Date file with the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Applicable Premium and the Treasury Rate and showing the calculation of each in reasonable detail. The Trustee shall
      not be responsible for any such calculation.

   

  (e)    Any redemption pursuant to this
      Section 3.07 or Section 4.13(d) shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

   

  Section 3.08            Mandatory Redemption.

   

  The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with
      respect to the Notes. The Company is not prohibited from acquiring the Notes by means other than a redemption, whether pursuant to a tender offer, open market purchase or otherwise, so long as the acquisition does not violate the terms of this
      Indenture.

   

  Section 3.09            Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

   

  In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence
      an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it will follow the procedures specified below.

   

  The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness
      that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at
      least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the
      Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) or, if less than
      the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

   

  If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related
      interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the
      Asset Sale Offer.

   

  
    47 

    
      
 

  

   

  Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, in the manner
      prescribed in Section 12.02, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the
      terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state:

   

  (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and
      Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open;

   

  (2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

   

  (3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue
      interest;

   

  (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted
      for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

   

  (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale
      Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only;

   

  (6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale
      Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying
      Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

   

  (7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company,
      the depositary for the Asset Sale Offer or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, electronic image scan, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the
      Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

   

  (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu
      Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased will be selected on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari
        passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be purchased); and

   

  (9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new
      Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

   

  On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for
      payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause
      to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the
      depositary for the Asset Sale Offer or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes
      tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry)
      such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the
      results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date.

   

  
    48 

    
      
 

  

   

  ARTICLE 4

      COVENANTS

   

  Section 4.01            Payment of Notes.

   

  The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
      on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m. Eastern
      Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. With respect to physical certificates, presentation is due at maturity.

   

  The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal, and they shall pay interest on
      overdue installments of interest, at the rate then prevailing on the Notes to the extent lawful.

   

  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Company may, to
      the extent required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal or interest payments hereunder.

   

  Section 4.02            Maintenance of Office or Agency.

   

  The Company will maintain in the City of New York an office or agency (which may be an
      office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this
      Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to
      furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands (not including service of process) may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

   

  The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies
      where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its
      obligation to maintain an office or agency in the City of New York for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or
      agency.

   

  The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such
      office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

   

  
    49 

    
      
 

  

   

  Section 4.03            Reports.

   

  (a)    So long as any Notes are
      outstanding the Company will furnish to the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee:

   

  (1)    no later than 120 days after the
      end of each fiscal year, (a) audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP (with footnotes to such financial statements), including the audit report on such financial statements issued by the Company’s certified independent
      accountants and (b) a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” consistent with the presentation thereof in the Offering Memorandum;

   

  (2)    no later than 60 days after the
      end of each of the first three calendar quarters of each fiscal year, (a) unaudited quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP (with condensed footnotes to such financial statements consistent with past practice) and (b) a
      summary “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” consistent with the presentation thereof in the Offering Memorandum (but omitting the discussion included in the “Business overview,” “How we generate
      revenue,” “Costs of conducting our business,” “General trends and outlook” and “Critical accounting policies and estimates” sections); and

   

  (3)    within ten business days after the
      occurrence of any of the following events, a current report that contains a brief summary of the material terms, facts and/or circumstances involved to the extent not otherwise publicly disclosed: (i) entry by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
      into an agreement outside the ordinary course of business that is material (as determined by the Company in its sole discretion) to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, any material amendment thereto or termination of any such
      agreement other than in accordance with its terms (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, employee compensatory or benefit agreements or plans), (ii) completion of a merger of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary outside the ordinary course of
      business, (iii) the institution of, or material development under, bankruptcy proceedings under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or similar proceedings under state or federal law with respect to the Company or a Subsidiary, (iv) the Company’s incurring
      Indebtedness outside the ordinary course of business that is material to the Company (other than under a Credit Facility or other arrangement which has been described in this offering memorandum or borrowings under a Credit Facility that has
      otherwise been disclosed previously), or a triggering event that causes the increase or acceleration of any such obligation and, in any such case, the consequences thereof are material to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

   

  (b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing,
      (1) the financial statements, information and other documents required to be provided as described in Section 4.03(a) may be those of (i) the Company or (ii) IPOCo or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company; provided that in the
      case of clause (ii), if and so long as such direct or indirect parent of the Company has independent assets or operations, the same is accompanied by consolidating information (which need not be audited) that summarizes the difference between the
      information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand and (2) the above requirements may be satisfied by the filing with the SEC for
      public availability by the Company, IPOCo, or such direct or indirect parent of the Company, as the case may be, of any Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or Current Report on Form 8-K.

   

  
    50 

    
      
 

  

   

  (c)    For the avoidance of doubt, (1)
      such information provided pursuant to Section 4.03(a) will not be required to contain the separate financial information required by Rule 3-09, Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X or any schedules required by Regulation S-X, or in each case any
      successor provisions, (2) such information shall not be required to comply with Regulation G under the Exchange Act or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein and (3) such information will not be
      required to comply with Section 302 or Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K.

   

  (d)    If the Company has designated any
      of its Subsidiaries as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and if any such Unrestricted Subsidiary or group of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, if taken together as one Subsidiary, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company, then the annual and
      quarterly information required by Sections 4.03(a)(1) and 4.03(a)(2) shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the financial condition and results of operations of
      the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

   

  (e)    While IPOCo is in registration
      with respect to a Qualified IPO, the Company will not be required to disclose any information or take any actions that, in the view of the Company, would violate the securities laws or the SEC’s “gun jumping” rules or otherwise have an adverse effect
      on the Qualified IPO.

   

  (f)     Any and all Defaults or Events
      of Default arising from a failure to furnish in a timely manner any information required by this Section 4.03 shall be deemed cured (and the Company shall be deemed to be in compliance with this Section 4.03) upon furnishing such information as
      contemplated by this Section 4.03 (but without regard to the date on which such information or report is so furnished); provided that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under Article 6 if the principal of,
      premium, if any, on, and interest, if any, on, the Notes have been accelerated in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such acceleration has not been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure.

   

  (g)    The Company will hold and
      participate in conference calls with the Holders of the Notes, Beneficial Owners of the Notes, bona fide prospective investors, securities analysts and market makers with respect to the financial information required to be furnished pursuant to
      Sections 4.03(a)(1) and 4.03(a)(2) no later than ten business days after distribution of such financial information, unless, in each case, the Company reasonably determines that to do so would conflict with applicable securities laws, including in
      connection with any pending offering of securities. The Company shall be permitted to combine this conference call with any other conference call for other debt or equity holders or lenders. The Company shall, no later than three business days prior
      to the date of the conference calls required to be held in accordance with this Section 4.03(g), announce the date and time of such conference calls and all information necessary to enable Holders of Notes and security analysts to obtain access to
      such calls.

   

  (h)    So long as any Notes are
      outstanding, the Company will also maintain a website to which Holders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts are given access (which may be password protected) and to which all of the reports required by this Section 4.03 are
      posted, unless they are otherwise publicly available on the SEC’s EDGAR filing system (or any successor filing system), and the posting of such reports to such website the availability of the shall satisfy the above reporting requirements.

   

  (i)      The Company shall furnish to
      Holders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts, upon their request, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the
      Securities Act.

   

  
    51 

    
      
 

  

   

  (j)      Delivery of reports,
      information and documents to the Trustee under this Indenture is for information purposes only and the information and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute actual or constructive knowledge or notice of any information contained
      therein, or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants thereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officers’ Certificate). The Trustee shall have no duty
      to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, the Company’s or any other person’s compliance with any of the covenants under this Indenture, to determine whether such reports, information or documents are available on the SEC’s EDGAR
      filing system (or any successor filing system), the Company’s website or otherwise, to examine such reports, information, documents and other reports to ensure compliance with the provisions of this Indenture, to ascertain the correctness or
      otherwise of the information or the statements contained therein or to participate in any conference calls

   

  Section 4.04            Compliance Certificate.

   

  (a)    The Company and each Guarantor
      shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal
      year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing
      such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and are not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms,
      provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or propose to take with
      respect thereto).

   

  (b)    So long as any of the Notes are
      outstanding, the Company and the Guarantors will deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days of an Officer thereof becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the
      Company is taking or propose to take with respect thereto.

   

  The Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon all of the Officers’ Certificates
      delivered under this Section 4.04 without any duty of further inquiry.

   

  Section 4.05            Taxes.

   

  The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to
      delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the
      Notes.

   

  Section 4.06            Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

   

  The Company and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do
      so) that they will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or
      the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that they will not, by resort to any such law,
      hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

   

  
    52 

    
      
 

  

   

  Section 4.07            Restricted Payments.

   

  (a)    The Company will not, and will
      not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

   

  (i)   declare or pay any dividend or make
      any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its
      Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than distributions or dividends payable in Equity Interests of the Company (other
      than Disqualified Equity) and other than distributions or dividends payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary);

   

  (ii)    purchase, redeem or otherwise
      acquire or retire for value (including without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

   

  (iii)      make any payment on or with
      respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee (excluding intercompany
      Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except a payment of interest or principal within one year of the Stated Maturity thereof; or

   

  (iv)     make any Restricted Investment
      (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

   

  unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment,

   

  (1) no Default (except a Reporting Default) or Event of Default has occurred
      and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

   

  (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four
      full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment is not less than 2.00 to 1.00; and

   

  (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other
      Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b)(2), (3), (4) (to the extent, in the case of clause (4), payments are made other than to the
      Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), (5), (6), (7), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13) and (15) but including any Restricted Payments made under (14) only to the extent that such Restricted Payments do not reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments
      under the following clauses (A) through (E) below zero) during the quarter in which such Restricted Payment is made, is less than the sum, without duplication of:

   

  (A)  50% of the Consolidated Net Income of
      the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from January 1, 2021 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment; plus

   

  
    53 

    
      
 

  

   

  (B)  100% of the aggregate net cash
      proceeds received by the Company and the Fair Market Value of property or securities other than cash (including Capital Stock of Persons engaged primarily in a Permitted Business) or long term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business to
      the extent acquired in consideration of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), in each case, since the Issue Date, as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company
      (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than
      Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); plus

   

  (C)  to the extent that any Restricted
      Investment that was made after the Issue Date is sold for cash or Cash Equivalents or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash or Cash Equivalents, the return of capital or similar payment made in cash or Cash Equivalents with respect to such
      Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any); plus

   

  (D)  the net reduction in Restricted
      Investments made after the Issue Date resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets in each case to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any Person (including, without limitation,
      Unrestricted Subsidiaries) or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such amounts have not been included in Consolidated Net Income for any period commencing on or after the Issue Date; plus

   

  (E)   any dividends or distributions
      received in cash by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company, to the extent that such dividends or distributions were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the
      Company for such period.

   

  (b)    The provisions of Section 4.07(a)
      hereof will not prohibit:

   

  (1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of an
      irrevocable redemption of subordinated Indebtedness within 60 days after the date of the declaration of such dividend or distribution, or the delivery of the irrevocable notice of redemption, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or the
      date on which such irrevocable notice is delivered, such dividend, distribution or redemption would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture (assuming, in the case of a redemption payment, the giving of the notice of such redemption
      payment would have been deemed to be a Restricted Payment at such time and such deemed Restricted Payment would have been permitted at such time);

   

  (2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net
      cash proceeds of, a substantially concurrent (a) capital contribution to the Company from any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) or (b) sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of Equity Interests (other
      than Disqualified Equity) of the Company, with a sale being deemed substantially concurrent if such Restricted Payment occurs not more than 180 days after such sale;

   

  (3) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for
      value of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of, or in exchange for, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

   

  (4) the payment of any distribution or dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary of
      the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity) on a pro rata basis or on a basis more favorable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

   

  
    54 

    
      
 

  

   

  (5) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused
      thereby, the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any current or former officer, director, manager, consultant or employee of
      the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement or plan, stock or unit option agreement, shareholders’ agreement, employment agreement or similar agreement; provided, that the
      aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $5.0 million in any twelve-month period with any portion of such $5.0 million that is unused in any calendar year to be carried forward to
      successive calendar years and added to such amount; provided further, that such amount in any twelve-month period may be increased by an amount not to exceed (a) the cash proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Equity Interests of
      the Company to members of management, employees, directors or managers of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Issue Date (to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been
      applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of (3)(B) of Section 4.07(a) hereof), plus (b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company after the Issue Date, less (c) the amount of any
      Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (5);

   

  (6) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused
      thereby, payments of dividends on Disqualified Equity issued pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof;

   

  (7) purchases or other acquisitions of Capital Stock (a) deemed to occur upon
      exercise of stock or unit options, warrants or other convertible securities if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of such options, warrants or other convertible securities or (b) made in lieu of withholding taxes resulting
      from any such exercise;

   

  (8) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection
      with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company, or arising from stock or unit dividends, splits or business combinations;

   

  (9) in connection with an acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted
      Subsidiaries, the return to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting a portion of the purchase consideration in settlement of indemnification claims or
      pursuant to purchase price adjustments under the acquisition agreement;

   

  (10) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
      the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to provisions similar to those in Section 4.10 or 4.13; provided that all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by
      Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been purchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired or retired for value;

   

  (11) Permitted Tax Distributions;

   

  (12) Permitted Payments to Parent;

   

  (13) the IPOCo Transactions, the Qualified IPO and the transactions relating
      thereto, and the payment of all reasonable and customary fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith or owed by the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company to Affiliates, and any other
      payments made, including any such payments made to a Qualified Owner or any direct or indirect parent of the Company in connection with the consummation of IPOCo Transactions, the Qualified IPO and the transactions relating thereto, in each case to
      the extent permitted by Section 4.11;

   

  
    55 

    
      
 

  

   

  (14) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be
      caused thereby, other Restricted Payments, if the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio would have been less than or equal to 3.5 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to any such Restricted Payment; and

   

  (15) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15.0
      million since the Issue Date.

   

  The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on
      the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment, except that the amount of any non-cash
      dividend or distribution paid in accordance with clause (1) of Section 4.07(b) hereof shall be the Fair Market Value as of the date on which such dividend or distribution is declared. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are
      required to be valued by this Section 4.07 will be determined in the manner prescribed in the definition of that term. For the purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of
      more than one of the categories of Restricted Payments described in the preceding clauses (1) through (15), the Company will be permitted to classify (or reclassify in whole or in part in its sole discretion) such Restricted Payment in any manner
      that complies with this Section 4.07.

   

  Section 4.08            Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

   

  (a)    The Company will not, and will
      not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to:

   

  (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Equity Interests to
      the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that priority of any preferred equity or similar Equity Interest in receiving dividends or
      liquidating distributions prior to the payment of dividends or liquidating distributions on common equity shall not be deemed to be a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Equity Interests;

   

  (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its other Restricted
      Subsidiaries; or

   

  (3) sell, lease or otherwise transfer any of its properties or assets to the
      Company or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries.

   

  (b)    The restrictions in Section
      4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

   

  (1) agreements as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments, restatements,
      modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements or the Indebtedness to which they relate; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings,
      replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend, distribution and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Issue Date;

   

  
    56 

    
      
 

  

   

  (2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

   

  (3) agreements governing other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the
      provisions of the covenant described in Section 4.09 and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of such agreements; provided that the restrictions therein are not
      materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

   

  (4) applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

   

  (5) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Equity Interest of a Person
      acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Equity Interest was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which
      encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness
      was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;

   

  (6) customary non-assignment provisions in transportation agreements or
      purchase and sale or exchange agreements, pipeline and water treatment agreements, or similar operational agreements or in licenses or leases, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

   

  (7) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of
      business and Finance Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof;

   

  (8) any agreement (a) for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted
      Subsidiary that contains any such restrictions on that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition or (b) for the sale or other disposition of a particular asset or line of business of a Restricted Subsidiary that imposes restrictions
      on assets subject to any agreement of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof;

   

  (9) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions
      contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

   

  (10) Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof
      that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

   

  (11) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property
      in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

   

  (12) any agreement or instrument relating to any property or assets acquired
      after the Issue Date, so long as such encumbrance or restriction relates only to the property or assets so acquired and is not and was not created in anticipation of such acquisitions;

   

  (13) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers
      under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

   

  
    57 

    
      
 

  

   

  (14) encumbrances or restrictions contained in, or in respect of, Hedging
      Obligations permitted under this Indenture from time to time.

   

  Section 4.09            Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Equity.

   

  (a)    The Company will not, and will
      not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any
      Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Equity and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Disqualified Equity; provided, however, that the Company and any
      Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may issue Disqualified Equity, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s Reference Period immediately preceding the date
      on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Equity is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if
      the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Equity had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such Reference Period.

   

  (b)    The provisions of Section 4.09(a)
      hereof will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”) or the issuance of any Disqualified Equity described in clause (11) below:

   

  (1) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
      additional Indebtedness and letters of credit and the Guarantees thereof under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal
      to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed the greater of (a) $200.0 million and (b) the sum of $25.0 million and 30.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (determined as of the date of
      incurrence and after giving effect to the use of proceeds therefrom);

   

  (2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any
      Existing Indebtedness;

   

  (3) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness
      represented by the Notes and the related Note Guarantees issued on the Issue Date;

   

  (4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
      Indebtedness represented by Finance Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property,
      plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any
      Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (a) $20.0 million and (b) 3.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (determined as of the date of incurrence and after giving effect to the use of
      proceeds therefrom);

   

  (5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
      Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be
      incurred under Section 4.09(a) hereof or clause (2), (3), (4), (10) or (14) of this Section 4.09(b) or this clause (5);

   

  
    58 

    
      
 

  

   

  (6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
      intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:

   

  (A)  if the Company or any Guarantor is the
      obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Company or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes, in the case of
      the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and

   

  (B)   (1) any subsequent issuance or
      transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (2) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the
      Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,

   

  will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by
      Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);

   

  (7) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
      Hedging Obligations or Indebtedness under Treasury Management Arrangements;

   

  (8) the Guarantee by the Company, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of (a)
      Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09 or (b) Indebtedness incurred by Joint Ventures, provided that such Guarantee constitutes a
      Permitted Investment; and provided further, in each case, that if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Notes or the Note Guarantees, then the Guarantee shall be subordinated or pari passu,
      as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness Guaranteed;

   

  (9) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
      Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health or other types of social security benefits, unemployment or other insurance or self-insurance obligations, insurance contracts, reclamation, statutory obligations, bankers’ acceptances,
      and performance, payment, appeal and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business, including Guarantees and obligations respecting standby letters of credit supporting such obligations, to the extent not drawn (in each case other than an
      obligation for money borrowed) and replacements of any of the foregoing;

   

  (10) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
      Permitted Acquisition Indebtedness;

   

  (11) the issuance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
      Disqualified Equity to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be; provided, however, that:

   

  (A)  any subsequent issuance or transfer of
      Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary that results in any such Disqualified Equity being held, directly or indirectly, by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and

   

  (B)  any sale or other transfer of any such
      Disqualified Equity to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

   

  
    59 

    
      
 

  

   

  will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such Disqualified Equity by the Company
      or such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause;

   

  (12) the incurrence in the ordinary course of business by the Company or any of
      its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under letters of credit incurred pursuant to a Credit Facility, provided that such obligations are reimbursed within 10 days following the drawing of such letter of credit;

   

  (13) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
      liability in respect of the Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Joint Venture but only to the extent that such liability is the result of the Company’s or any such Restricted Subsidiary’s being a general partner of such
      Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture and not as guarantor of such Indebtedness and provided that, after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (13) and then outstanding
      does not exceed $25.0 million; and

   

  (14) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
      additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (14) at any time
      outstanding not to exceed the greater of (a) $35.0 million and (b) 5.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (determined as of the date of incurrence and after giving effect to the use of proceeds therefrom).

   

  The Company will not incur, and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to incur, any
      Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to
      the Notes and the applicable Note Guarantee on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness shall be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any such
      Subsidiary Guarantor solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a first or junior Lien basis.

   

  For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item
      of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (14) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company will be permitted to classify
      such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date on which
      Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt.

   

  The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the
      payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Equity
      in the form of additional shares or units of the same class of Disqualified Equity will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Equity for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided, in each such case,
      that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued to the extent required by the definition of such term. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of
      Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

   

  
    60 

    
      
 

  

   

  The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

   

  (1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness
      issued with original issue discount;

   

  (2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other
      Indebtedness; and

   

  (3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the
      assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

   

  (A) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

   

  (B) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.

   

  For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on
      the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in
      the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the
      applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long
      as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in
      connection with such refinancing. The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate
      applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

   

  Section 4.10            Asset Sales.

   

  The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
      consummate an Asset Sale unless:

   

  (1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives
      consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any Person assuming responsibilities for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued
      or sold or otherwise disposed of (such Fair Market Value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale and which shall give effect to the assumption by another Person of any liabilities as provided for in clause (2)(A))
      below; and

   

  (2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company
      or such Restricted Subsidiary, together with the consideration received in all other Asset Sales by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the Issue Date (on a cumulative basis) is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this
      provision, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:

   

  (A)  any liabilities, as shown on the
      Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantees) that are assumed, cancelled or
      otherwise forgiven by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a written agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability;

   

  
    61 

    
      
 

  

   

  (B)  any securities, notes or other
      Obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are within 180 days after the Asset Sale (subject to ordinary settlement periods), converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, to
      the extent of the cash received in that conversion;

   

  (C)  any stock or assets of the kind
      referred to in clause (2) or (4) of the next succeeding paragraph;

   

  (D)  any Designated Non-cash Consideration
      received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to
      this clause (D), not to exceed the greater of (i) $35.0 million and (ii) and 5.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of receipt (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at
      the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and

   

  (E)   accounts receivable of a business
      retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, following the sale of such business, provided such accounts receivable (i) are not past due more than 60 days and (ii) do not have a payment date greater than
      90 days from the date of the invoices creating such accounts receivable.

   

  Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or
      the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds:

   

  (1) to repay Senior Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries
      (or to make an offer to repurchase or redeem such Indebtedness, provided that such repurchase or redemption closes within 45 days after the end of such 365-day period);

   

  (2) to acquire all or substantially all of the properties or assets of, or any
      Capital Stock of, another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

   

  (3) to make a capital expenditure in a Permitted Business; or

   

  (4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under
      GAAP and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business.

   

  The requirement in clause (2), (3) or (4) of the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to
      be satisfied in a bona fide binding contract committing to make the investment, acquisition or expenditure referred to therein if entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries within the time period specified in the preceding
      paragraph and such Net Proceeds are subsequently applied in accordance with such contract within 180 days following the date such agreement is entered into.

   

  Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company or any Restricted
      Subsidiary may invest or utilize the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

   

  
    62 

    
      
 

  

   

  Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the
      second paragraph of this Section 4.10 will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, within five business days thereof, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes
      and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the
      maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an
      Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds or equivalent amount prior to the time period that any amount required by this Indenture with respect to all or a part of the available Net Proceeds (the “Advance Portion”) in advance of being
      required to do so by this Indenture (an “Advance Offer”). The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If
      any Excess Proceeds (or in the case of an Advance Offer, the Advance Portion) remain(s) after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company (or any Restricted Subsidiary) may use those Excess Proceeds (or Advance Portion) for any purpose not
      otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds (or in the case of an Advance Offer, the Advance
      Portion), the Trustee shall (subject to the Depositary’s applicable procedures) select the Notes and the representative of such other pari passu Indebtedness will (subject to the Depositary’s applicable procedures) select such other pari
        passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer (or Advance Offer), the amount of Excess Proceeds (or the Advance Portion) will be reset at zero.

   

  The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and
      any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
      regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or
      this Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance.

   

  Section 4.11            Transactions with Affiliates.

   

  (a)    The Company will not, and will
      not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction,
      contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or Guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company involving more than $5.0 million (each an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

   

  (1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the
      Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person or, if in the good faith judgment of the Company, no comparable
      transaction is available with which to compare such Affiliate Transaction, such Affiliate Transaction is fair to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary from a financial or commercial point of view; and

   

  (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate
      Transaction (or series of related Affiliate Transactions) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate
      Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a) and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company, if any.

   

  
    63 

    
      
 

  

   

  (b)    The following items will not be
      deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof:

   

  (1) reasonable fees and compensation paid to or for the benefit of any
      employee, officer or director of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its
      Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date, or entered into thereafter in the ordinary course of business, and any indemnities or other transactions permitted or required by bylaw, statutory provisions or any of the foregoing agreements,
      plans or arrangements;

   

  (2) transactions between or among the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

   

  (3) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the
      Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company or IPOCo solely because the Company or IPOCo owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

   

  (4) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity)
      of the Company to Affiliates of the Company;

   

  (5) Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments that do not violate Section
      4.07 hereof;

   

  (6) customary compensation, indemnification and other benefits made available
      to officers, directors or employees of the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, including reimbursement or advancement of out-of-pocket expenses and provisions of officers’ and directors’ liability insurance;

   

  (7) in the case of gathering, processing, transporting, waste water treatment
      or other operational contracts, any such contracts are entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms substantially similar to those contained in similar contracts entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and third parties,
      or are otherwise fair to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from a financial or commercial point of view, as determined in good faith by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company;

   

  (8) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted
      Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any agreements to which it is a party as of the date of the Offering Memorandum and any amendments thereto and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however,
      that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under, any future amendment to such agreements or under any such similar agreements shall only be permitted by this clause (8) to the extent that
      the terms of any such amendment or new agreement, taken as a whole, are not less favorable to the Holders in any material respect as determined in good faith by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company, if any;

   

  (9) if such Affiliate Transaction is with a Person in its capacity as a holder
      of Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a transaction in which such Person is treated no more favorably than the other holders of such Indebtedness or Equity Interests;

   

  (10) (A) Guarantees by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the
      performance of obligations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures in the ordinary course of business, except for Guarantees of Indebtedness in respect of borrowed money, and (B) pledges by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Capital
      Stock in Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures for the benefit of lenders or other creditors of Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Joint Ventures as contemplated by clause (13) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” so long as any such transaction
      described in this clause (B), if involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company, if any;

   

  
    64 

    
      
 

  

   

  (11) any transaction in which the Company or any of its Restricted
      Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point
      of view or that such transaction meets the requirements of Section 4.11(a)(1) hereof;

   

  (12) any transactions between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any
      Person, a director of which is also a director of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, in connection with the
      approval of the transaction; and

   

  (13) any transactions with or among the Company, IPOCo, their respective
      Restricted Subsidiaries and the Qualified Owners in connection with the IPOCo Transactions and the Qualified IPO, the transactions relating thereto, and the payment of all reasonable and customary fees and expenses related thereto, including fees to
      the Qualified Owners and the customary and reasonable expenses of the Qualified Owners.

   

  Section 4.12            Liens.

   

  The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create,
      incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien (an “Initial Lien”) of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) securing Indebtedness, upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless
      the Notes or any Note Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the Indebtedness so secured until such time as such Indebtedness is no longer secured by a Lien.

   

  Any Lien created for the benefit of Holders of the Notes pursuant to the preceding
      paragraph shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien.

   

  Section 4.13            Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

   

  (a)    Upon the occurrence of a Change
      of Control, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder of Notes to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in
      cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to, but excluding, the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”), subject to the rights of
      Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of purchase. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will send a notice to each Holder, with a copy
      to the Trustee, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating:

   

  (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section
      4.13 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment;

   

  
    65 

    
      
 

  

   

  (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30
      days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

   

  (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

   

  (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control
      Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

   

  (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of
      Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior
      to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

   

  (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying
      Agent or depositary receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, electronic image scan, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the
      Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and

   

  (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued
      new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

   

  The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and
      any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws
      or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.13, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.13 by virtue of such
      compliance.

   

  (b)    On the Change of Control Payment
      Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

   

  (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered
      pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

   

  (2) deposit with the Paying Agent or depositary an amount equal to the Change
      of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

   

  (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted
      together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

   

  The Paying Agent or depositary will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly
      tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes (or, if all the Notes are then in global form, it will make such payment through the facilities of DTC), and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book
      entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided, that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
      The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

   

  
    66 

    
      
 

  

   

  The provisions described above that require the Company to make a Change of Control Offer
      following a Change of Control will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable.

   

  (c)    Notwithstanding anything to the
      contrary in this Section 4.13, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the
      requirements set forth in this Section 4.13 and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof, unless and until there is a default in
      payment of the applicable redemption price, or (3) in connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control, the Company or a third party makes an offer to purchase (an “Alternate Offer”) any and all Notes validly tendered and not
      withdrawn at a cash price equal to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Alternate Offer.

   

  (d)    In the event that Holders of not
      less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer and the Company (or the third party making the Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer
      as provided above) purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company will have the right, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following the purchase pursuant
      to the Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer described above, to redeem all of the Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid
      interest on the Notes that remain outstanding to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption
      Date).

   

  Section 4.14            Additional Guarantees.

   

  If, after the Issue Date, any Domestic Subsidiary of the Company that is not already a
      Guarantor incurs or Guarantees any other Indebtedness of the Company under a Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $5.0 million for any such Domestic Subsidiary (provided that all such Domestic Subsidiaries that are not
      Guarantors do not incur or Guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company under a Credit Facility in excess of $25.0 million in the aggregate), then that Subsidiary will become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Trustee a supplemental
      indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto within 30 Business Days of the date on which it Guaranteed such Indebtedness; provided that the preceding shall not apply to Subsidiaries of the Company that have been properly
      designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries in accordance with this Indenture for so long as they continue to constitute Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the preceding, any Note Guarantee of a Domestic Subsidiary that was incurred pursuant to
      this Section 4.14 will be released in accordance with Section 10.05 hereof.

   

  Section 4.15            Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

   

  The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an
      Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted
      Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will either reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof or qualify
      as a Permitted Investment under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company; provided that any designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the
      Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

   

  
    67 

    
      
 

  

   

  Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be
      evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and
      was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture
      and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company will be
      in default of such covenant.

   

  The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted
      Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted
      Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the Reference Period and (2) no Default
      or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

   

  Section 4.16            Termination of Covenants.

   

  (a)    If on any date following the
      Issue Date: (i) the Notes are rated an Investment Grade Rating by a Rating Agency, and (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing then, upon the Company’s delivery of an Officers’ Certificate notifying the Trustee that
      the Notes are rated an Investment Grade Rating as of the date of such Officers’ Certificate (the “Termination Date”), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will no longer be subject to the following provisions of this Indenture: (1)
      Section 4.07; (2) Section 4.08; (3) Section 4.09; (4) Section 4.10, (5) Section 4.11; (6) Section 4.14; (7) Section 4.15; and (8) clause 4 of Section 5.01(a). For the avoidance of doubt, such provisions of this Indenture may not be reinstated
      following the Termination Date.

   

  (b)    However, the Company and its
      Restricted Subsidiaries will remain subject to the other provisions of this Indenture, including : (1) Section 4.03; (2) Section 4.12 (with associated incurrence capacity as if the covenant described in Section 4.09 remained in effect); and (3)
      Section 5.01 (with the exception of clause (4) of Section 5.01(a)).

   

  (c)    The Company may not designate any
      of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries after the Termination Date.

   

  (d)    The Trustee will have no
      obligation to independently determine or verify if a Termination Date has occurred or to notify the Holders of the same. The Trustee may conclusively rely on all Officers’ Certificates delivered pursuant to this Section 4.16 without any duty of
      further inquiry.

   

  
    68 

    
      
 

  

   

  ARTICLE 5

      SUCCESSORS

   

  Section 5.01            Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.

   

  (a)    The Company will not: (1)
      consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving entity); or (2) directly or indirectly, sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets
      of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

   

  (1) either:

   

  (A)  the Company is the surviving entity;
      or

   

  (B)  the Person formed by or surviving any
      such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States
      or the District of Columbia;

   

  (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if
      other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture in
      form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

   

  (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;
      and

   

  (4) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or
      merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made, will on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions
      as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Reference Period:

   

  (A)  be permitted to incur at least $1.00
      of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a); or

   

  (B)  have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio not
      less than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; and

   

  (5) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an
      Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or disposition and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and all conditions precedent therein relating to such transaction have been satisfied and that such
      supplement indenture (if any) constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the surviving entity or the successor corporation, subject to customary exceptions.

   

  provided that compliance with this Section 5.01 will not be required with respect
      to (1) any statutory conversion of the Company to a corporation or another form or entity, (2) any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of properties or assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
      or (3) IPOCo Transactions, the Qualified IPO and the transactions relating thereto, provided further that Sections 5.01(a)(3) and (4) will not apply to any merger or consolidation of the Company (A) with or into one of its Restricted
      Subsidiaries for any purpose or (B) with or into an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Company in another jurisdiction.

   

  Section 5.02            Successor Corporation Substituted.

   

  Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or
      other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or
      with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment,
      transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this
      Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein.

   

  
    69 

    
      
 

  

   

  ARTICLE 6

      DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

   

  Section 6.01            Events of Default.

   

  Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

   

  (1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest with respect to the
      Notes;

   

  (2) default in the payment when due (at Stated Maturity, upon redemption or
      otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes;

   

  (3) failure by the Company to make a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale
      Offer within the time periods set forth, or consummate a purchase of Notes when required pursuant to the terms described in Section 4.13 or Sections 3.09 and 4.10 or to comply with the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof;

   

  (4) failure by the Company for 180 days after written notice to the Company by
      the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to comply with Section 4.03 (a “Reporting Default”);

   

  (5) failure by the Company for 60 days after written notice to the Company by
      the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to comply with any of its other agreements in this Indenture; or

   

  (6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may
      be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether
      such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default:

   

  (A)  is caused by a failure to pay
      principal of such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or

   

  (B)  results in the acceleration of such
      Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,

   

  and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount
      of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $35.0 million or more, provided, however, that if, prior to any acceleration of the Notes, (i) any such
      Payment Default is cured or waived, (ii) any such acceleration is rescinded, or (iii) such Indebtedness is repaid, in each case, during the 30-day period commencing upon the end of any applicable grace period for such Payment Default or the
      occurrence of such acceleration, as applicable, any Event of Default caused by such Payment Default or acceleration shall automatically be rescinded, so long as such rescission does not conflict with any judgment, decree or applicable law;

   

  
    70 

    
      
 

  

   

  (7) failure by the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to
      pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $35.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

   

  (8) the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a
      Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

   

  (A)  commences a voluntary case,

   

  (B)  consents to the entry of an order for
      relief against it in an involuntary case,

   

  (C)  consents to the appointment of a
      custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

   

  (D)  makes a general assignment for the
      benefit of its creditors, or

   

  (E)   generally is not paying its debts as
      they become due;

   

  (9) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any
      Bankruptcy Law that:

   

  (A)  is for relief against the Company or
      any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

   

  (B)  appoints a custodian of the Company or
      any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of
      the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

   

  (C)  orders the liquidation of the Company
      or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

   

  and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; and

   

  (10) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any
      judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

   

  
    71 

    
      
 

  

   

  Section 6.02            Acceleration.

   

  In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01 hereof,
      with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, the principal of, and
      accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate
      principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, Notes to be due and payable immediately.

   

  Upon any such declaration, the unpaid principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if
      any, on, Notes shall become due and payable immediately.

   

  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by
      notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the
      payment of interest, or premium, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes.

   

  Section 6.03            Other Remedies.

   

  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available
      remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium and interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

   

  The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or
      does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or
      acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

   

  Section 6.04            Waiver of Past Defaults.

   

  Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by
      notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium or
      interest on the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences,
      including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, and the payment of all amounts due the Trustee in connection with such Default, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising
      therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

   

  Section 6.05            Control by Majority.

   

  Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
      direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or
      this Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability (provided, however, that the Trustee shall be under no obligation to determine
      whether any action or inaction is unduly prejudicial to any Holder) and the Trustee has not been offered indemnity and security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

   

  
    72 

    
      
 

  

   

  Section 6.06            Limitation on Suits.

   

  A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:

   

  (1) such Holder gives to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is
      continuing;

   

  (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then
      outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

   

  (3) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee
      security and/or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

   

  (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt
      of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

   

  (5) during such 60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
      amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request.

   

  A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder
      of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. The Trustee will have no duty to determine whether any Holder’s use of this Indenture complies with the preceding sentence.

   

  Section 6.07            Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

   

  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note
      to receive payment of principal, premium and interest and on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be amended in a
      manner adverse to such Holder without the consent of such Holder.

   

  Section 6.08            Collection Suit by Trustee.

   

  If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is
      continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue
      principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
      counsel.

   

  Section 6.09            Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

   

  The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as
      may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any
      judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any
      such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to
      the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such
      compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same
      shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of
      reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition
      affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

   

  
    73 

    
      
 

  

   

  Section 6.10            Priorities.

   

  If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money
      in the following order:

   

  First: to the Trustee, the Agents and the Custodian, and their
      respective agents and attorneys for any and all amounts due under this Indenture, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

   

  Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for
      principal, premium and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

   

  Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent
      jurisdiction shall direct.

   

  The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes
      pursuant to this Section 6.10.

   

  Section 6.11            Undertaking for Costs.

   

  In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any
      suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess
      reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the
      Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

   

  ARTICLE 7

      TRUSTEE

   

  Section 7.01            Duties of Trustee.

   

  (a)    If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise
      or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

   

  (b)   Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

   

  (1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express
      provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

   

  
    74 

    
      
 

  

   

  (2) in the absence of willful misconduct on its part, the Trustee may
      conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine
      the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

   

  (c)    The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

   

  (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section
      7.01;

   

  (2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith
      by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

   

  (3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits
      to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

   

  (d)   Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.

   

  (e)    No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any
      Holders, unless such Holder has furnished to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense.

   

  (f)     The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent
      required by law.

   

  Section 7.02            Rights of Trustee.

   

  (a)    The Trustee may conclusively rely
      and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any document (whether in original or facsimile form or PDF transmission or executed or signed in accordance with Section 12.11 hereof) believed by it to be genuine and to have been
      signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

   

  (b)    Before the Trustee acts or
      refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
      Prior to taking, suffering or admitting any action, the Trustee may consult with counsel of the Trustee’s own choosing and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in
      respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in conclusive reliance thereon.

   

  (c)    The Trustee may act through its
      attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

   

  
    75 

    
      
 

  

   

  (d)    The Trustee will not be liable
      for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

   

  (e)    Unless otherwise specifically
      provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

   

  (f)     The Trustee will be under no
      obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have furnished to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to the Trustee against the
      losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

   

  (g)    The Trustee shall not be deemed
      to have notice of a Default or an Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee (i) receives written notice of such Default or Event of Default, and such notice references this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise (ii) has actual
      knowledge of such Default or Event of Default in connection with Sections 6.01(1) or 6.01(2).

   

  (h)    In no event shall the Trustee be
      responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood or such loss or damage
      and regardless of the form of action.

   

  (i)      The rights, privileges,
      protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder.

   

  (j)      Any discretion, permissive
      right or privilege in favor of the Trustee shall not be construed as a duty or obligation.

   

  (k)    The Trustee shall not be required
      to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

   

  (l)      The Trustee will not be bound
      to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or
      documents, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to
      examine during normal business hours the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company, and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or
      investigation.

   

  (m)  The Trustee may request that the
      Company and each of the Guarantors shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of Officers of the Company and each Guarantor, as applicable, authorized at such time to take specified
      actions pursuant to this Indenture of the Company, the Notes and the Guarantees, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such
      certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

   

  Section 7.03            Individual Rights of Trustee.

   

  The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of
      Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.08 and 7.09 hereof.

   

  
    76 

    
      
 

  

   

  Section 7.04            Trustee’s Disclaimer.

   

  The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity,
      adequacy or enforceability of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of the Company or accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s
      direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any
      statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be liable in its individual capacity for the Obligations evidenced
      by the Notes or this Indenture.

   

  Section 7.05            Notice of Defaults.

   

  If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to
      a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in accordance with Section 7.02(g), the Trustee will send to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in
      payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as it in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

   

  Section 7.06            Compensation and Indemnity.

   

  (a)    The Company will pay to the
      Trustee from time to time compensation as agreed to in writing by the Trustee and the Company for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an
      express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable
      compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

   

  (b)    The Company and the Guarantors
      will indemnify, defend and protect, jointly and severally, the Trustee (in its individual capacity and in any capacity under this Indenture and any other document or transaction entered into in connection herewith) and its agents and any
      authenticating agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any and all losses, liabilities, claims or expenses, including taxes (other than taxes based upon, or measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee) incurred by it arising out of
      or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses (including reasonable fees, costs and expenses of its agents and counsel and court costs) of enforcing this Indenture against
      the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.06) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any
      of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable decision. The
      Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor
      will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any
      settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

   

  
    77 

    
      
 

  

   

  (c)    The obligations of the Company
      and the Guarantors under this Section 7.06 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

   

  (d)    To secure the Company’s and the
      Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.06, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien
      will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee or any termination of this Indenture including in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding of the Company and/or the Guarantors.

   

  (e)    When the Trustee incurs expenses
      or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(8) or (9) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of
      administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

   

  Section 7.07            Replacement of Trustee.

   

  (a)    A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.07.

   

  (b)   The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may, with 30 days prior
      written notice to the Trustee and the Company, remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

   

  (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09 hereof;

   

  (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief
      is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

   

  (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property;
      or

   

  (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

   

  (c)    If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a
      majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

   

  (d)   If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Company’s expense), the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of
      the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

   

  (e)    If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.09 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and
      the appointment of a successor Trustee.

   

  
    78 

    
      
 

  

   

  (f)     A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will
      have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will send a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor
      Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.06 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.07, the Company’s obligations under
      Section 7.06 hereof will continue and survive for the benefit of the retiring Trustee and will also survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and any termination of this Indenture including a termination in connection with bankruptcy
      of the Company and/or the Guarantors.

   

  Section 7.08            Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

   

  If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially
      all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.

   

  Section 7.09            Eligibility; Disqualification.

   

  There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing
      business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a
      combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

   

  ARTICLE 8

      LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

   

  Section 8.01            Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

   

  The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03
      hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

   

  Section 8.02            Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

   

  Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this
      Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the
      Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire
      Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1)
      and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same),
      except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

   

  (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect
      of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

   

  
    79 

    
      
 

  

   

  (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing
      temporary Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

   

  (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder
      and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith including, without limitation, those in Section 7.06 hereof; and

   

  (4) this Article 8.

   

  Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this
      Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

   

  Section 8.03            Covenant Defeasance.

   

  Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this
      Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07,
      4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14 and 4.15 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes, and the Guarantors will be released from their Obligations with respect to the Note Guarantees, on and after the
      date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of
      Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes
      and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference
      elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01
      hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03,
      subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(7) inclusive and Section 6.01(10) hereof will not constitute Events of Default.

   

  Section 8.04            Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

   

  In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section
      8.02 or 8.03 hereof:

   

  (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the
      benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient (in the case of amounts including
      non-callable Government Securities), in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated date for
      payment thereof or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, and any all other amounts due under this Indenture, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular
      Redemption Date;

   

  
    80 

    
      
 

  

   

  (2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must
      deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that:

   

  (A)  the Company has received from, or
      there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

   

  (B)  since the Issue Date, there has been a
      change in the applicable federal income tax law,

   

  in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the
      Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as
      would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

   

  (3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must
      deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and
      will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

   

  (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the
      date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit (and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness) or the grant of Liens securing such borrowings);

   

  (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or
      violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture or any other agreement governing other Indebtedness being defeased, discharged or replaced) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
      is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

   

  (6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating
      that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company; and

   

  (7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an
      Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

   

  Section 8.05            Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

   

  Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities
      (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust
      and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of
      such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

   

  
    81 

    
      
 

  

   

  The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge
      imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the
      account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

   

  Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or
      pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants
      expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal
      Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

   

  Section 8.06            Repayment to the Company.

   

  Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in
      trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall, subject to applicable escheatment laws, be
      paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such
      Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that, if any Definitive Note is then outstanding, the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being
      required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified
      therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

   

  Section 8.07            Reinstatement.

   

  If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable
      Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s
      and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is
      permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the
      reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

   

  ARTICLE 9

      AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

   

  Section 9.01            Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

   

  Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the
      Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees without the consent of any Holder of Note:

   

  (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

   

  (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
      certificated Notes;

   

  
    82 

    
      
 

  

   

  (3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations
      to the Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantors’ properties or assets, as applicable;

   

  (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to
      the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any such Holder;

   

  (5) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees to
      any provision of the “Description of notes” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees;

   

  (6) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the
      limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the Issue Date;

   

  (7) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture or a notation of
      a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes or to reflect the release of a Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture;

   

  (8) to secure the Notes or the Note Guarantees;

   

  (9) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository;

   

  (10) to provide for the reorganization of the Company as any other form of
      entity, in accordance with Section 5.01(a); or

   

  (11) to appoint a successor trustee.

   

  Upon the request of the Company, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents
      described in Section 9.05 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate
      agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

   

  Section 9.02            With Consent of Holders of Notes.

   

  Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company, the Guarantors and the
      Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.13 hereof), the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
      Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any), including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes, and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any
      existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with
      any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any),
      including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes. Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.
      However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

   

  (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an
      amendment, supplement or waiver;

   

  
    83 

    
      
 

  

   

  (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter
      the provisions with respect to the redemption or repurchase of the Notes (other than provisions relating to minimum required notice of optional redemption or the provisions of Sections 3.09 and 4.10 or Section 4.13 hereof);

   

  (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including
      the Subsequent Rate of Interests or default interest on any Note (other than with respect to the minimum notice period required under Article 3);

   

  (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or
      interest or premium, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such
      acceleration);

   

  (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

   

  (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of
      past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of, principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, the Notes (other than as permitted by clause (7) below);

   

  (7) waive a redemption or repurchase payment with respect to any Note (other
      than a payment required by Sections 3.09 and 4.10 or Section 4.13 hereof);

   

  (8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee
      or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

   

  (9) make any change in the preceding amendment, supplement and waiver
      provisions.

   

  Upon the request of the Company and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence
      satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.05 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such
      amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be
      obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

   

  It is not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to
      approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

   

  After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the
      Company will send to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to send such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the
      validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

   

  
    84 

    
      
 

  

   

  Section 9.03            Revocation and Effect of Consents.

   

  Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder
      of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any
      such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver
      becomes effective in accordance with its terms (except as provided in the second succeeding paragraph) and thereafter binds every Holder.

   

  The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of
      determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the second to last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date
      (or their duly designated proxies) and only those Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment or waiver or revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.

   

  After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder,
      unless it makes a change described in any of the clauses (1) through (9) of Section 9.02, in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or
      portion of a Note that evidences the same indebtedness as the consenting Holder’s Note.

   

  Section 9.04            Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

   

  The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on
      any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

   

  Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity
      and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

   

  Section 9.05            Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

   

  The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this
      Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01
      hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.03 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or
      permitted by this Indenture and that such supplemental indenture constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Company and the Guarantors subject to customary exceptions.

   

  Section 9.06            Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

   

  Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article 9, this Indenture
      shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

   

  
    85 

    
      
 

  

   

  ARTICLE 10

      NOTE GUARANTEES

   

  Section 10.01         Guarantee.

   

  (a)    Subject to this Article 10, each
      of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the
      Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

   

  (1) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be
      promptly paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or
      the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

   

  (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any
      of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

   

  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for
      whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

   

  (b)    The Guarantors hereby agree that
      their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to
      any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor
      hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever
      and covenants that its Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

   

  (c)    If any Holder or the Trustee is
      required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such
      Holder, each Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

   

  (d)    Each Guarantor agrees that it
      will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on
      the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Section 10.01, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or
      other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and
      payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purposes of this Section 10.01. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the
      rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.

   

  
    86 

    
      
 

  

   

  Section 10.02         Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

   

  Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirm that it is
      the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar
      federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum
      amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or
      payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or
      conveyance.

   

  Section 10.03         Execution and Delivery of Notation of Note Guarantee.

   

  To evidence its Note Guarantee and of all the Obligations under this Indenture set forth
      in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the
      Trustee (provided that no such notation will be required with respect to any Note authenticated prior to the time a Guarantor becomes a Guarantor) and that this Indenture (including any supplement thereto) will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor
      by one of its Officers.

   

  Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee and its guarantee of all of the
      Obligations under this Indenture set forth in Section 10.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

   

  If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the notation of its Note
      Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which such notation of its Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.

   

  The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will
      constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

   

  In the event that the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries creates or
      acquires any wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.14 hereof, the Company will cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.14 hereof and this Article 10, to the
      extent applicable.

   

  Section 10.04         Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

   

  Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, a Guarantor may not sell or
      otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless:

   

  (a)    immediately after giving effect
      to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

   

  
    87 

    
      
 

  

   

  (b)    either:

   

  (1) the Person acquiring the properties or assets in any such sale or
      disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger is a Guarantor, or assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form reasonably
      satisfactory to the Trustee; or

   

  (2) the transaction does not violate Section 4.10 of this Indenture.

   

  In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or other disposition and upon the
      assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and reasonably satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of such obligations of the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted
      for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the notations of Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which
      theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. The Note Guarantee so issued by such successor Person will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees
      theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though such Note Guarantee had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

   

  Section 10.05         Releases.

   

  (a)       In the event of any sale or other disposition (i) of all or substantially all
      of the properties or assets of any Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) of all of
      the Capital Stock of any Guarantor after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, then such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee and all of its other
      Obligations under this Indenture; provided that any such sale or other disposition does not violate the applicable provisions of Section 4.10 hereof.

   

  (b)       Upon designation of any Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance
      with the terms of this Indenture, such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee and all of its other Obligations under this Indenture.

   

  (c)       At such time as such Guarantor ceases to guarantee any other Indebtedness of
      the Company under a Credit Facility such that it would not, if not a Guarantor, be required to become a Guarantor under Section 4.14 hereof, such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee and all of its other
      Obligations under this Indenture.

   

  (d)       Upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance in accordance with Article 8
      hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 11 hereof, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee and all of its other Obligations under this Indenture.

   

  (e)       Upon the merger or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into the Company or
      another Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Guarantor, such Guarantor will be relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee and all of its other Obligations
      under this Indenture.

   

  (f)       Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an
      Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the conditions of this Section 10.05 for a release have been satisfied, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its
      Note Guarantee and all of its other Obligations under this Indenture.

   

  
    88 

    
      
 

  

   

  (g)       Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee and
      all of its other Obligations under this Indenture as provided in this Section 10.05 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest, and premium, if any, on the Notes and for the other Obligations of such Guarantor under this
      Indenture as provided in this Article 10.

   

  ARTICLE 11

      satisfaction and discharge

   

  Section 11.01          Satisfaction and Discharge.

   

  This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes
      issued hereunder (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes and as otherwise specified in this Article 11), when:

   

  (1) either:

   

  (A)  all Notes that have been
      authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

   

  (B)  all Notes that have not been delivered
      to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or will become due and payable within one year by reason of the sending of a notice of redemption or otherwise, and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be
      deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be
      sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank or firm of independent public accountants to the extent the deposit includes any Government Securities, to pay and discharge
      the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, to the date of Stated Maturity or redemption;

   

  (2) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable
      by it under this Indenture, including without limitation any and all amounts due and owing to the Trustee; and

   

  (3) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under
      this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at Stated Maturity or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be.

   

  In addition, the Company must deliver (a) an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent set
      forth in clauses (1) through (3) above have been satisfied, and (b) an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and qualifications), stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and
      discharge set forth in Section 11.01(3) have been satisfied.

   

  Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been
      deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of
      Section 7.06 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

   

  
    89 

    
      
 

  

   

  Section 11.02          Application of Trust Money.

   

  Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee
      pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent)
      as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the
      extent required by law.

   

  If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in
      accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s
      obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with
      Section 11.01; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of
      such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

   

  The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge
      imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the
      account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

   

  ARTICLE 12

      MISCELLANEOUS

   

  Section 12.01         TIA Not Applicable.

   

  This Indenture is not qualified under the TIA, and the provisions of the TIA (including
      “mandatory” provisions thereof) shall not apply to or in any way govern the terms of this Indenture or the Notes or any Note Guarantee, except where specifically made applicable in this Indenture. As a result, no provisions of the TIA (including
      “mandatory” provisions thereof) are incorporated into this Indenture unless expressly incorporated pursuant to this Indenture. Unless specifically provided in this Indenture, no terms that are defined under the TIA have such meanings for purposes of
      this Indenture.

   

  Section 12.02         Notices.

   

  Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is
      duly given if in writing in the English language and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), electronic image scan, facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day
      delivery, to the others’ address:

   

  If to the Company and/or any Guarantor: 

  

    Solaris Midstream Holdings, LLC

    9811 Katy Freeway, Suite 700

    Houston, Texas 77024

    Attention: Chief Executive Officer 

  Email: bill.zartler@solariswater.com

   

  
    90 

    
      
 

  

   

  with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

   

  Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP 

  811 Main Street, Suite 3000 

  Houston, Texas 77002 

  Facsimile No.: (346) 718-6902 

  Attention: Hillary Holmes 

  Email: hholmes@gibsondunn.com

   

  If to the Trustee:

   

  Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

    CTSO Mail Operations 

  MAC: N9300-070 

  600 South 4th Street, 7th Floor 

  Minneapolis, Minnesota 55415 

  Attention: Tina Gonzalez 

  Email: tina.gonzalez@wellsfargo.com

   

  The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate
      additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

   

  All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have
      been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by electronic image scan or facsimile; and the next
      Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt.

   

  Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail to its address
      shown on the register kept by the Registrar; provided, however, that any notice or communication to a Holder of a Global Note will be given in the manner prescribed by DTC or other Depositary. Failure to give a notice or communication to a
      Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

   

  If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above within the time
      prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

   

  If the Company sends a notice or communication to Holders, they will send a copy to the
      Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

   

  Section 12.03         Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

   

  Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under
      this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

   

  (1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
      the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been
      satisfied; and

   

  (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
      Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

   

  
    91 

    
      
 

  

   

  Section 12.04          Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

   

  Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant
      provided for in this Indenture must include:

   

  (1) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read
      such covenant or condition;

   

  (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
      investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

   

  (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he or she has made such
      examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

   

  (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such
      condition or covenant has been satisfied.

   

  Section 12.05         Rules by Trustee and Agents.

   

  The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The
      Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

   

  Section 12.06         No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Unitholders.

   

  No past, present or future director, officer, partner, member, employee, incorporator,
      manager or unit holder or other owner of Equity Interest of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim
      based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note
      Guarantees.

   

  Section 12.07         Governing Law.

   

  THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE
      NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

   

  Section 12.08         No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

   

  This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement
      of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

   

  Section 12.09         Successors.

   

  All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind their respective
      successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.04 hereof.

   

  
    92 

    
      
 

  

   

  Section 12.10         Severability.

   

  In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or
      unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

   

  Section 12.11         Counterpart Originals.

   

  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture, and each party hereto may
      sign any number of separate copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall
      constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their
      original signatures for all purposes. Any signature to this Indenture or any notice or other document delivered in connection herewith may be delivered by any electronic signature complying with the Electronic Signatures in Global and National
      Commerce Act, the New York Electronic Signature and Records Act or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transaction Act, or other transmission method, and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and
      validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. Each party hereto shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon, and shall have no liability with respect to, any faxed, scanned, or
      photocopied manual signature, or other electronic signature, of any party and shall have no duty to investigate, confirm or otherwise verify the validity or authenticity thereof.

   

  Section 12.12         Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

   

  The Table of Contents and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have
      been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

   

  Section 12.13         Payment Date Other Than a Business Day.

   

  If any payment with respect to any principal of, premium, if any, on, or interest on any
      Note (including any payment to be made on any date fixed for redemption or purchase of any Note) is due on a day which is not a Business Day, then the payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next Business Day with the same force
      and effect as if made on such date, and no interest will accrue for the intervening period.

   

  Section 12.14         Evidence of Action by Holders.

   

  Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the Holders of a specified percentage in
      aggregate principal amount of the Notes may take action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any direction, notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action) the fact that at the time of taking any such action the
      Holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by Holders in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, (b) by the record of the Holders
      voting in favor thereof at any meeting of Holders duly called and held in accordance with procedures approved by the Trustee, (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of Holders or (d) in the case
      of Notes evidenced by a Global Note, by any electronic transmission or other message, whether or not in written format, that complies with the Depositary’s applicable procedures.

   

  
    93 

    
      
 

  

   

  Section 12.15         U.S.A. Patriot Act.

   

  The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot
      Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify and record information that identities each person or legal entity that establishes a
      relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.

   

  Section 12.16         Force Majeure.

   

  In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the
      performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, (i) any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or governmental authority,
      (ii) any act of God, (iii) natural disaster, (iv) war, (v) terrorism, (vi) civil unrest, (vii) accidents, (viii) labor dispute, (ix) disease, (x) epidemic or pandemic, (xi) quarantine, (xii) national emergency, (xiii) loss or malfunction of utility
      or computer software or hardware, (xiv) communications system failure, (xv) malware or ransomware, (xvi) unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or telex system or other wire or other funds transfer systems, or (xvii) unavailability of any
      securities clearing system, it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

   

  Section 12.17         Waiver of Jury Trial.

   

  EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE
      FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

   

  [Signatures on following page]

   

  
    94 

    
      
 

  

   

  SIGNATURES

   

  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Indenture as of the date first written
      above.

   

  

  	 	SOLARIS MIDSTREAM HOLDINGS, LLC
	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ William A. Zartler
	 	 	Name:       William A. Zartler
	 	 	Title:         Chief Executive Officer
	 	 	 
	 	GUARANTORS:
	 	 	 
	 	SOLARIS WATER MIDSTREAM, LLC
	 	SOLARIS MIDSTREAM DB-NM, LLC
	 	SOLARIS MIDSTREAM DB-TX, LLC
	 	SOLARIS MIDSTREAM MB, LLC
	 	SOLARIS WATER MIDSTREAM SERVICES, LLC
	 	SOLARIS SERVICES HOLDINGS, LLC
	 	CLEAN H2O TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
	 	829 MARTIN COUNTY PIPELINE, LLC
	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ William A. Zartler
	 	 	Name:       William A. Zartler
	 	 	Title:         Chief Executive Officer

  

   

  [SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE INDENTURE]

   
   

  
     

    
      
 

  

   

  	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	 	as Trustee
	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Joel Odenbrett
	 	 	Name:       Joel Odenbrett
	 	 	Title:         Assistant Vice President

  

   

  [SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE INDENTURE]

  

   

  
     

    
      
 

  

   

   

  

  EXHIBIT A

   

  FORM OF NOTE 

   

  CUSIP [TO BE INSERTED]                             

   

  7.625% Senior Sustainability-Linked Notes due 2026

   

  

  	No. ___	$____________

   

  SOLARIS MIDSTREAM HOLDINGS, LLC

   

  jointly and severally promise to pay to _______________, or registered assigns,

   

  the principal sum of __________________________________________________________ DOLLARS [or such greater or lesser amount as may be specified on the attached
    schedule]* on April 1, 2026.

   

  Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1

   

  Record Dates: March 15 and September 15

   

  

  	 	SOLARIS MIDSTREAM HOLDINGS, LLC	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	By:	    	 
	 	 	Name: 	 
	 	 	Title: 	 

   

  This is one of the Notes referred to

    in the within-mentioned Indenture:

    

    WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

        as Trustee

  

  

  	 	 	 
	By:	 	 
	 	 Authorized Signatory	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 

   

  Dated: _______________, 20__

   

  		*	To be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

   

  
  
     

  

  
   

  
    A-1

    
      
 

  

   

  [Form of Face of Note]

   

  7.625 % Senior Sustainability-Linked Notes due 2026

   

  [Insert Global Note Legend]

   

   [Insert Private Placement Legend]

   

  [Insert Regulation S Temporary Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

   

  
    A-2

    
      
 

  

   

  [Form of Reverse of Note]

   

  7.625% Senior Sustainability-Linked Notes due 2026

   

  Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

   

  (1) Interest. Solaris Midstream Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
    company (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note at 7.625% per annum. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business
    Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”); provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be October 1, 2021. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been
    paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next
    succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. If any payment with respect to any principal of, premium, if any,
    on, or interest, if any, on any Notes (including any payment to be made on any dated fixed for redemption or purchase of any Note) is due on a day which is not a Business Day, then the payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next
    Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such date, and no interest will accrue for the intervening period.

   

  From and including the interest payment period ending on October 1, 2023 (the “Interest Rate Step Up Trigger Date”), the interest
    rate payable solely on the Notes shall be increased once by 25 basis points to 7.875% per annum (the “Subsequent Rate of Interest”) unless the Company has notified (the “Satisfaction Notification”) the Trustee in writing at least 30 days
    prior to the Interest Rate Step Up Trigger Date (the “Notification Date”) that in respect of the year ended December 31, 2022 (the “Observation Period”): (i) the Sustainability Performance Target has been satisfied and (ii) the
    satisfaction of the Sustainability Performance Target has been confirmed by the External Verifier in accordance with customary procedures. If, as of the Notification Date, (x) the Company fails, or is unable, to provide the Satisfaction Notification,
    (y) the Sustainability Performance Target has not been satisfied or (z) the External Verifier has not confirmed satisfaction of the Sustainability Performance Target, the Subsequent Rate of Interest will apply from and including the first day of the
    interest rate period ending on the Interest Rate Step Up Trigger Date up to, and including, the maturity date of the Notes.

   

  (2) Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except
    defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the March 15 or September 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such
    Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or
    without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of
    immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium on, all Global Notes and all other Notes to Holders having an aggregate principal amount of Notes more than $5,000,000, the Holders of which will have
    provided wire transfer instructions not later than the relevant record date to the Company or the Paying Agent to that Holder’s U.S. dollar account within the United States. The Company will pay the principal of, and interest on, Notes in global form
    registered in the name of or held by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee in immediately available funds to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered holder of such global notes. Such payment will be in such coin
    or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

   

  
    A-3

    
      
 

  

   

  (3) Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,
    the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

   

  (4) Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of April
    1, 2021 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such
    terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit
    the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder.

   

  (5) Optional Redemption.

   

  (a)    Except pursuant to paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of
    this Section 5, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to April 1, 2023. On or after April 1, 2023, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon prior notice in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at the
    redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 1
    of each year indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date:

   

  	Year	Redemption Price (if the Sustainability Performance Target has been satisfied and the Company has provided the
            Satisfaction Notice to the Trustee)	Redemption Price (if the Sustainability Performance Target has not been satisfied and/or the Company has not provided
            the Satisfaction Notice to the Trustee)
	Percentage
	2023 	103.8125%	103.9375%
	2024 	101.9063%	101.9688%
	2025 	 100.0000%	100.0000%

   

  (b)    Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph
    (a) of this Section 5, at any time prior to April 1, 2023, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem, upon prior notice in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture, up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any
    Additional Notes) issued under this Indenture (i) if the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate, upon which the Trustee can conclusively rely without any duty or inquiry, certifying that the Company reasonably expects to satisfy the
    Sustainability Performance Target in respect of the Observation Period, at a redemption price of 107.625% of the principal amount and (ii) if the Company fails to deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Company reasonably
    expects to satisfy the Sustainability Performance Target in respect of the Observation Period, at a redemption price of 107.875% of the principal amount thereof, in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date
    (subject to the right of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date), with an amount of cash not greater than the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity
    Offerings; provided that at least 60% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of
    such redemption; and the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

   

  
    A-4

    
      
 

  

   

  (c)    Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph
    (a) of this Section 5, at any time prior to April 1, 2023, the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon prior notice in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes
    redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on prior to the
    Redemption Date.

   

  (d)    The Company may also redeem the Notes as provided
    in Section 4.13(d) of the Indenture, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein.

   

  For purposes of this Paragraph 5, “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note at the time of determination, the greater of: (1)
    100% of the principal amount of the Note to be redeemed; or (2) the present value at such time of (i) the redemption price of the Note at April 1, 2023, provided that if the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate
    certifying that the Company reasonably expects to satisfy the Sustainability Performance Target in respect of the Observation Period, then such redemption price will set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07(c) of the Indenture under “Redemption
    Price (if the Sustainability Performance Target has been satisfied and the Company has provided the Satisfaction Notice to the Trustee)”; provided further that the if the Company shall fail to deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate
    certifying that the Company reasonably expects to satisfy the Sustainability Performance Target in respect of the Observation Period, then such redemption price will set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07(c) of the Indenture under “Redemption
    Price (if the Sustainability Performance Target has not been satisfied and/or the Company has not provided the Satisfaction Notice to the Trustee)” plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through April 1, 2023 (in each case, excluding
    accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points. “Treasury Rate” means, as of the time of computation, the yield to maturity as of
    such time of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date
    (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to April 1, 2023; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption
    Date to April 1, 2023, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

   

  (6) Mandatory Redemption.

   

  The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. The Company may acquire the Notes by
    means other than a redemption, whether pursuant to a tender offer, open market purchase or otherwise, so long as the acquisition does not violate the terms of the Indenture.

   

  
    A-5

    
      
 

  

   

  (7) Repurchase at the Option of Holder.

   

  (a)    If there is a Change of Control, the Company will
    be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the
    aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of
    purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will send a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

   

  (b)    If Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
    Company consummates any Asset Sales, within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company may be required to commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness
    that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in Section 4.10 of the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to purchase the
    maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date
    of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 of the Indenture. The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net
    Proceeds or equivalent amount prior to the time period that may be required by the Indenture with respect to all or a part of the available Net Proceeds (“Advance Portion”) in advance of being required to do so by the Indenture (an “Advance
      Offer”). If any Excess Proceeds (or in the case of an Advance Offer, Advance Portion) remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company (or any Restricted Subsidiary) may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise
    prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds (or in the case of an Advance Offer, the Advance Portion), the
    Trustee shall (subject to the Depositary’s applicable procedures) select the Notes and the representative of such other pari passu Indebtedness will (subject to the Depositary’s applicable procedures) select such other pari passu
    Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis.

   

  (c)    Holders of Notes that are the subject of a Change
    of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer will receive an offer to purchase from the Company prior to any related purchase date, and Holders of Definitive Notes may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder
      to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes.

   

  (8) Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be mailed (or sent
    electronically in the case of notices to DTC), at least 15 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be given more than 60 days
    prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 and
    in excess of $2,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. Notice of any redemption of the Notes (including upon an Equity Offering or in connection with a transaction (or series of related transactions) that constitute a Change
    of Control) may, at the Company’s discretion, be given prior to the completion thereof and be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering or Change of Control. In addition, if
    such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time (including more than 60 days after the date the notice of
    redemption was delivered) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the
    Redemption Date so delayed, or such notice may be rescinded at any time in the Company’s discretion if in the good faith judgment of the Company any or all of such conditions will not be satisfied.

   

  
    A-6

    
      
 

  

   

  (9) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without
    coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among
    other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any transfer tax or similar governmental charge required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or
    register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days
    before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

   

  (10) Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its
    owner for all purposes, and only such Holders have rights under the Indenture.

   

  (11) Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the
    Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, and any existing Default or Event
    of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any.
    Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
    Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s
    properties or assets, as applicable, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to conform the text of the
    Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of notes” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the
    Notes or Note Guarantee, to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture as of the Issue Date, to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture or a notation of a Note Guarantee
    with respect to the Notes or to reflect the release of a Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, to secure the Notes or the Note Guarantees, to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository, to provide for the reorganization
    of the Company in any other form or entity, or to appoint a successor trustee.

   

  
    A-7

    
      
 

  

   

  (12) Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in
    the payment when due of interest on, with respect to the Notes; (ii) default in the payment when due (at Stated Maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes; (iii) failure by the Company to timely
    consummate repurchase offers under Section 4.13 or Sections 3.09 and 4.10 of the Indenture or to comply with Section 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company for 180 days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at
    least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to comply with Section 4.03 of the Indenture; (v) failure by the Company for 60 days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate
    principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture; (vi) default under certain other agreements relating to Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries which default (A) is caused
    by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”) or (B) results in the
    acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, in each case subject to a minimum threshold and cure period; (vii) certain final judgments for the payment of money that remain undischarged for a period of 60 days; (viii) certain events
    of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; and (ix)
    except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor or any Person acting on its behalf denies or disaffirms
    its obligations under such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal of, and accrued
    and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any Restricted
    Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all
    outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate
    principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding
    notice is in their interest, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, interest, or premium, if any, on any Note. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the
    Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or
    premium, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company and the Guarantors are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company and the Guarantors are required, upon becoming
    aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company are taking or propose to take with respect thereto.

   

  (13) Trustee Dealings with the Company. The Trustee, in its individual or any
    other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or their Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or their Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

   

  (14) No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, partner, member, employee,
    incorporator, manager or unit holder or other owner of Equity Interest of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for
    any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes
    and the Note Guarantees.

   

  
    A-8

    
      
 

  

   

  (15) Authentication. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the
    manual, facsimile or electronic signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

   

  (16) Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or
    an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

   

  (17) CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on
    Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of
    such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

   

  (18) GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO
    CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

   

  The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

   

  Solaris Midstream Holdings, LLC

    9811 Katy Freeway, Suite 700

    Houston, Texas 77024

    Attention: Chief Executive Officer

    Email: bill.zartler@solariswater.com

   

  
    A-9

    
      
 

  

   

  Assignment Form

   

  To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

   

  

  	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to: 	 
	 	 (Insert assignee’s legal name)

   

  

  
  
     

  

  
  

  (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

   

  

  
  
     

  

  
   

  

  
  
     

  

  
   

  

  
  
     

  

  
   

  

  
  
     

  

  
  

  (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

   

  

  	and irrevocably appoint 	 
	to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

    

  Date: _______________

   

  

  	 	Your Signature: 	 
	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

   

  Signature Guarantee*: _________________________

   

  *       Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

   

  
    A-10

    
      
 

  

   

  Option of Holder to Elect Purchase

   

  If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.13 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box
    below:

   

  ☐ Section 4.10                                ☐ Section 4.13

   

  If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, state the
    amount you elect to have purchased:

   

  $_______________

   

  Date: _______________

   

  

  	 	Your Signature: 	 
	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

   

  

  	 	Tax Identification No.:	 

   

  Signature Guarantee*: _________________________

   

  *       Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

   

  
    A-11

    
      
 

  

   

  Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note *

   

  The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of
    another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

   

  	Date of Exchange	Amount of decrease in Principal Amount 

           of 

          this Global Note	Amount of increase in Principal Amount 

           of 

          this Global Note	Principal Amount 

           of this Global Note following such decrease 

          (or increase)	Signature of authorized signatory of Trustee or Custodian
	 	 	 	 	 

   

  		*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

   

  
    A-12

    
      
 

  

   

  EXHIBIT B

   

  FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

   

  Solaris Midstream Holdings, LLC

  

  9811 Katy Freeway, Suite 700

    Houston, Texas 77024

     

  Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

  

  Corporate Trust – DAPS REORG

  

  600 Fourth Street South, 7th Floor

  

  MAC N9300-070

  

  Minneapolis, MN 55415

  

  Phone: 1-800-344-5128

  

  Fax: 1-866-969-1290

  

  Email: dapsreorg@wellsfargo.com

   

  Re: 7.625% Senior Sustainability-Linked Notes due 2026

   

  Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 1, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among Solaris Midstream Holdings, LLC, a Delaware
    limited liability company (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

   

  ___________________, (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto,
    in the principal amount of $___________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to ___________________________ (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby
    certifies that:

   

  [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

   

  1. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in
        the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and,
    accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account,
    or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of
    Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest
    or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

   

  
    B-1

    
      
 

  

   

  2. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in
        the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, the Regulation S Permanent Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the
    Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such
    Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and
    neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b)
    of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted
    Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred
    beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive
    Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

   

  3. ☐ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial
        interest in a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in
    Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies
    that (check one):

   

  (a)       ☐ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with
    Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

   

  OR

   

  (b)       ☐ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a Subsidiary
    thereof;

   

  OR

   

  (c)       ☐ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration
    statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

   

  4. ☐ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an
        Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

   

  (a) ☐ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is
    being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the
    restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
    transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

   

  (b) ☐ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is
    being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States
    and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the
    Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the
    Indenture.

   

  
    B-2

    
      
 

  

   

  (c)  ☐ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer
    is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable
    blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of
    the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global
    Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

   

  This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit.

  

  

  	 	 	
	 	 	 [Insert Name of Transferor]

   

  	 	Address:	 

   

  	 	Taxpayer ID:	 

   

  	 	Number:	 

   

  

  	 	By:	 
	 	 	 Name:
	 	 	 Title:

    

  Dated: _______________________

   

  
    B-3

    
      
 

  

   

  ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

   

  1.       The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

   

  [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

   

  (a)    ☐ a beneficial interest in the:

   

  (i)       ☐    144A Global Note (CUSIP           ), or

   

  (ii)      ☐    Regulation S Temporary Global Note (CUSIP           ), or

   

  (iii)     ☐    Regulation S Permanent Global Note (CUSIP           ); or

   

  (b)    ☐ a Restricted Definitive Note.

   

  2.       After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

   

  [CHECK (a), (b) OR (c)]

   

  (a)    ☐ a beneficial interest in the [CHECK (i), (ii) OR (iii)]:

   

  (i)       ☐    144A Global Note (CUSIP           ), or

   

  (ii)      ☐    Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP           ), or

   

  (iii)     ☐    Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP           ); or

   

  (b)    ☐ a Restricted Definitive Note; or

   

  (c)    ☐ an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

   

  in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

   

  
    B-4

    
      
 

  

   

  EXHIBIT C

   

  FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

   

  Solaris Midstream Holdings, LLC

  

  9811 Katy Freeway, Suite 700

    Houston, Texas 77024

   

  Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

  

  Corporate Trust – DAPS REORG

  

  600 Fourth Street South, 7th Floor

  

  MAC N9300-070

  

  Minneapolis, MN 55415

  

  Phone: 1-800-344-5128

  

  Fax: 1-866-969-1290

  

  Email: dapsreorg@wellsfargo.com

   

  Re: 7.625% Senior Sustainability-Linked Notes due 2026

   

  (CUSIP __________)

   

  Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 1, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among Solaris Midstream Holdings, LLC, a Delaware
    limited liability company (“the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

   

  __________________________, (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the
    principal amount of $____________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

   

  1.       Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or
        Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

   

  (a) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
      Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the
    Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in
    accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities
    Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

   

  (b) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
      Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the
    Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on
    transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of
    any state of the United States.

   

  
    C-1

    
      
 

  

   

  (c) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial
      interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired
    for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions
    on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities
    laws of any state of the United States.

   

  (d) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted
      Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without
    transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
    Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of
    the United States.

   

  2.       Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or
        Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

   

  (a) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
      Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted
    Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the
    restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

   

  (b) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the
    Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ 144A Global Note, ☐
    Regulation S Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the
    Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms
    of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

   

  
    C-2

    
      
 

  

   

  This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit.

   

  	 	 	 [Insert Name of Transferor]

   

  	 	Address:	 

   

  	 	Taxpayer ID:	 

   

  	 	Number:	 

   

  

  	 	By:	 
	 	 	 Name:
	 	 	 Title:

   

  Dated: ______________________

   

  
    C-3

    
      
 

  

   

  EXHIBIT D

   

  [FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE]

   

  For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally
    guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture, dated as of April 1, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among Solaris Midstream Holdings, LLC (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and
    Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due
    and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the
    Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether
    at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is
    hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions.

   

  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

   

  

  	 	[Name of Guarantor(s)]
	 	 	 
	 	By: 	    
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

   

  
    D-1

    
      
 

  

   

  EXHIBIT E

   

  FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

    TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

   

  Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of ________________, 20__,
    is among __________________ (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), Solaris Midstream Holdings, LLC (the “Company”), the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee
    under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

   

  W I T N E S E T H:

   

  WHEREAS, the Company and the initial Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated
    as of April 1, 2021 providing for the issuance of the Company’s 7.625% Senior Sustainability-Linked Notes due 2026 (the “Notes”);

   

  WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a
    supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and

   

  WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01(7) of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

   

  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the
    Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the other Guarantors, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

   

  1.       Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings
    assigned to them in the Indenture.

   

  2.       Agreement to Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an
    unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.

   

  3.       No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, partner, member,
    employee, incorporator, manager, unit holder or other owner of an Equity Interest of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture
    or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
    consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees.

   

  4.       NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

   

  5.       Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.
    Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

   

  6.       Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not
    affect the construction hereof.

   

  
    E-1

    
      
 

  

   

  7.       The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in
    respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the other Guarantors and the Company.

   

  
    E-2

    
      
 

  

   

  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above
    written.

   

  

  	 	[Guaranteeing Subsidiary]
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

   

  

  	 	SOLARIS MIDSTREAM HOLDINGS, LLC
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

   

  

  	 	[Existing Guarantors]
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

   

  

  	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

              as Trustee
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory

   

  E-3Exhibit 10.2

   

  

  FORM
        OF

   

  TAX
        RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

   

  by
        and among

   

  ARIS WATER SOLUTIONS, INC.

   

  and

   

  THE
        TRA HOLDERS

   

  listed
        on Schedule A hereof

   

  DATED
        AS OF                    , 2021

   

   

  
     

    
      

    

  

   

   

   

  TAX
        RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

   

  This
      TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of                          , 2021, is hereby entered into by and among Aris Water Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporate Taxpayer”) and the TRA Holders.

   

  RECITALS

   

  WHEREAS,
      the Corporate Taxpayer is the managing member of Solaris Midstream Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Solaris
        LLC”), an entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and holds limited liability company
      interests in Solaris LLC;

   

  WHEREAS,
      Solaris LLC and each of its direct and indirect Subsidiaries that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes
      will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”),
      for each Taxable Year in which an Exchange occurs, which election is expected to result, with respect to the Corporate Taxpayer,
      in an adjustment to the Tax basis of the assets owned by Solaris LLC and such Subsidiaries;

   

  WHEREAS,
      the TRA Holders currently hold (and their permitted transferees may in the future hold) Units and may transfer all or a portion
      of such Units in one or more Exchanges (as defined herein), and as a result of such Exchanges, the Corporate Taxpayer is expected
      to obtain or be entitled to certain Tax benefits as further described herein;

   

  WHEREAS,
      this Agreement is intended to set forth the agreements among the parties hereto regarding the sharing of the Tax benefits realized
      by the Corporate Taxpayer as a result of the Exchanges;

   

  NOW,
      THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be
      legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

   

  Article
      I 

      DEFINITIONS

   

  Section
      1.1            Definitions.
      As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally
      applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).

   

  “Actual
        Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the actual liability for U.S. federal income Taxes of (i) the
      Corporate Taxpayer, and (ii) without duplication, Solaris LLC, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on Solaris LLC under Section
      6225 of the Code and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer; provided that the actual liability for U.S. federal income Taxes
      of the Corporate Taxpayer shall be calculated assuming deductions of (and other impacts of) state and local income and franchise
      Taxes are excluded.

   

  
    2

    
      

    

  

   

   

  “Affiliate”
      means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls,
      is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.

   

  “Agreed
        Rate” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

   

  “Agreement”
      has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

   

  “Amended
        Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b) of this Agreement.

   

  “Assumed
        State and Local Tax Rate” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, (a) the sum of the products of (i) the Corporate
      Taxpayer’s income and franchise tax apportionment rate(s) for each state and local jurisdiction in which Solaris LLC or
      the Corporate Taxpayer files an income or franchise tax return for the relevant Taxable Year and (ii) the highest corporate income
      and franchise tax rate(s) for each state and local jurisdiction in which Solaris LLC or the Corporate Taxpayer files an income
      or franchise tax return for each relevant Taxable Year, reduced by (b) the product of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer’s
      marginal U.S. federal income tax rate for the relevant Taxable Year and (ii) the rate calculated under clause (a).

   

  “Attributable”
      has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

   

  “Basis
        Adjustment” means any adjustment to the Tax basis of a Reference Asset (as calculated under Section 2.1 of this
      Agreement) as a result of an Exchange and the payments made pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Exchange, including,
      but not limited to: (i) under Sections 734(b) and 743(b) of the Code (in situations where, following an Exchange, Solaris LLC
      remains classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes); and (ii) under Sections 732(b), 734(b) and 1012 of
      the Code (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, Solaris LLC becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate
      from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the amount of any
      Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of Units shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Units,
      and as if such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred.

   

  “Benchmark
        Replacement Adjustment” means the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment,
      (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) as of the reference time such replacement is first set for such interest period
      that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for the corresponding tenor.

   

  “beneficially
        own” and “beneficial owner” shall be as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the rules promulgated under the
      Exchange Act.

   

  “Board”
      means the board of directors of the Corporate Taxpayer.

   

  “Business
        Day” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the
      United States of America or the State of Texas shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

   

  “Call
        Right” has the meaning set forth in the Solaris LLC Agreement.

   

   

  
    3

    
      

    

  

   

  “Change
        of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events or series of related events after the IPO Date:

   

  		(i)	any Person or any group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (excluding any Qualifying Owner or
            any group of Qualifying Owners acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, and excluding a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporate
            Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporate Taxpayer) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporate Taxpayer representing more than 50% of the combined
            voting power of the Corporate Taxpayer’s then outstanding voting securities;

   

  		(ii)	there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporate Taxpayer or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Corporate Taxpayer (including Solaris LLC) with any
            other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, either (x) the Board immediately prior to the merger or consolidation does not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors
            of the company surviving the merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (y) the voting securities of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not
            continue to represent or are not converted or exchanged into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a
            Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or

   

  		(iii)	the stockholders of the Corporate Taxpayer approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporate Taxpayer or there is consummated an agreement or series
            of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Corporate Taxpayer of
            all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as
            their ownership of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such sale.

   

  Notwithstanding
      the foregoing, except with respect to clause (ii) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred
      by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders
      of the shares of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock of Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such transaction
      or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in and voting control over, and own
      substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns, either directly or through a Subsidiary, all or substantially all of
      the assets of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

   

  “Class
        A Shares” means shares of Class A common stock of the Corporate Taxpayer.

   

   

  
    4

    
      

    

  

   

  “Code”
      has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

   

  “Control”
      means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person,
      whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

   

  “Corporate
        Taxpayer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

   

  “Corporate
        Taxpayer Return” means the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporate Taxpayer (including any consolidated group
      of which the Corporate Taxpayer is a member, as further described in Section 7.12(a) of this Agreement) filed with respect
      to Taxes of any Taxable Year.

   

  “Cumulative
        Net Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount (but not less than zero) of Realized Tax Benefits
      for all Taxable Years, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the
      same period. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent
      Tax Benefit Payment Schedule or Amended Schedule, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.

   

  “Daily
        Simple SOFR” means, for any day, SOFR, with the conventions for this rate (which will include a lookback) being established
      in accordance with the conventions for this rate recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for determining “Daily Simple
      SOFR”.

   

  “Default
        Rate” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 550 basis points.

   

  “Determination”
      shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or any other event (including the execution of IRS
      Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.

   

  “Dispute”
      has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9(a) of this Agreement.

   

  “Disputing
        Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10 of this Agreement.

   

  “Early
        Termination” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

   

  “Early
        Termination Date” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

   

  “Early
        Termination Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 of this Agreement.

   

  “Early
        Termination Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 of this Agreement.

   

  “Early
        Termination Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(b) of this Agreement.

   

  “Early
        Termination Rate” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 200 basis points.

   

   

  
    5

    
      

    

  

   

  “Early
        Termination Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 of this Agreement.

   

  “Exchange”
      means any transfer of Units by a TRA Holder, or by a permitted transferee of such TRA Holder, pursuant to the Solaris LLC Agreement,
      to Solaris LLC or to the Corporate Taxpayer in connection with the IPO, or pursuant to the Redemption Right or the Call Right,
      as applicable.

   

  “Exchange
        Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may
      be amended from time to time (or any corresponding provisions of succeeding law).

   

  “Exchange
        Date” means each date on which an Exchange occurs.

   

  “Exchange
        Notice” has the meaning given to the term “Redemption Notice” in the Solaris LLC Agreement.

   

  “Exchange
        Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

   

  “Expert”
      means a nationally recognized expert in the particular area of disagreement as is mutually acceptable to the parties.

   

  “Hypothetical
        Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for U.S. federal income Taxes of (i) the Corporate
      Taxpayer, and (ii) without duplication, Solaris LLC, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on Solaris LLC under Section 6225
      of the Code and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer (using the same methods, elections, conventions, U.S. federal income tax rate
      and similar practices used on the relevant Corporate Taxpayer Return), but computed without taking into account (i) any Basis
      Adjustments (ii) any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest, and (iii) any Post-IPO TRA Benefits. For the avoidance of doubt,
      Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be determined without taking into account the carryover or carryback of any U.S. federal income
      Tax item (or portions thereof) that is attributable to any Basis Adjustments, any Imputed Interest, and any Post-IPO TRA Benefits.
      Furthermore, the Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be calculated assuming deductions of (and other impacts of) state and local
      income and franchise Taxes are excluded.

   

  “Imputed
        Interest” in respect of a TRA Holder shall mean any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision
      of the Code with respect to the Corporate Taxpayer’s payment obligations in respect of such TRA Holder under this Agreement.

   

  “Independent
        Directors” means the members of the Board who are “independent” under the standards set forth in Rule 10A-3
      promulgated under the Exchange Act, and the corresponding rules of the applicable exchange on which the Class A Shares are traded
      or quoted.

   

  “IPO”
      means the initial public offering of shares by the Corporate Taxpayer.

   

  “IPO
        Date” means the closing date of the IPO.

   

  “IRS”
      means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

   

   

  
    6

    
      

    

  

   

  “Joinder”
      means a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance substantially similar to Exhibit A to this Agreement.

   

  “LIBOR”
      means during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the one-year LIBOR rate reported, on the date two (2) calendar days
      prior to the first day of such period, on the Telerate Page 3750 (or if such screen shall cease to be publicly available, as reported
      on Reuters Screen page “LIBOR01” or by any other publicly available source of such market rate) for London interbank
      offered rates for United States dollar deposits for such period, provided that if one-year LIBOR ceases to be announced or available
      permanently or indefinitely, then “LIBOR” means the first alternative set forth below that can be determined by the
      parties hereto:

   

  (a)
      the sum of: (i) Term SOFR and (ii) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; or

   

  (b)
      the sum of: (i) Daily Simple SOFR and (ii) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

   

  “Majority
        TRA Holders” means, at the time of any determination, TRA Holders who would be entitled to receive more than fifty percent
      (50%) of the aggregate amount of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Holders hereunder (determined using such calculations
      of Early Termination Payments reasonably estimated by the Corporate Taxpayer) if the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right
      of early termination on such date.

   

  “Market
        Value” means the closing price of the Class A Shares on the applicable Exchange Date on the national securities exchange
      or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by Bloomberg L.P.; provided,
      that if the closing price is not reported by Bloomberg L.P. for the applicable Exchange Date, then the Market Value means the
      closing price of the Class A Shares on the Business Day immediately preceding such Exchange Date on the national securities exchange
      or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by Bloomberg L.P.; provided
        further that if the Class A Shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system,
      “Market Value” means the cash consideration paid for Class A Shares, or the fair market value of the other property
      delivered for Class A Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith.

   

  “Material
        Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 of this Agreement.

   

  “Net
        Tax Benefit” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

   

  “Objection
        Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) of this Agreement.

   

  “Payment
        Date” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.

   

  “Person”
      means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association,
      organization, governmental entity or other entity.

   

   

  
    7

    
      

    

  

   

  “Pre-Exchange
        Transfer” means any transfer of one or more Units (i) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Units, and (ii) to which
      Section 743(b) of the Code applies.

   

  “Post-IPO
        TRA” means any tax receivable agreement (or comparable agreement) entered into by the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its
      Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Corporate Taxpayer is obligated to pay over amounts with respect to tax benefits resulting
      from any net operating losses or other tax attributes to which the Corporate Taxpayer becomes entitled as a result of a transaction
      (other than any Exchanges) after the date of this Agreement.

   

  “Post-IPO
        TRA Benefits” means any tax benefits resulting from net operating losses or other tax attributes with respect to which
      the Corporate Taxpayer is obligated to make payments under a Post-IPO TRA.

   

  “Qualifying
        Owners” means any Affiliate of a TRA Holder as of the date hereof.

   

  “Realized
        Tax Benefit” means, for a Taxable Year, the sum of (i) the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability for such
      Taxable Year over the Actual Tax Liability for such Taxable Year and (ii) the State and Local Tax Benefit for such Taxable Year.
      If all or a portion of the Actual Tax Liability for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by the IRS of any Taxable
      Year, such liability and the corresponding Hypothetical Tax Liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit
      unless and until there has been a Determination with respect to such Actual Tax Liability.

   

  “Realized
        Tax Detriment” means, for a Taxable Year, the sum of (i) the excess, if any, of the Actual Tax Liability over the Hypothetical
      Tax Liability for such Taxable Year and (ii) the State and Local Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year. If all or a portion of the
      Actual Tax Liability for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by the IRS of any Taxable Year, such liability and the
      corresponding Hypothetical Tax Liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there
      has been a Determination with respect to such Actual Tax Liability.

   

  “Reconciliation
        Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10 of this Agreement.

   

  “Reconciliation
        Procedures” means the procedures described in Section 7.10 of this Agreement.

   

  “Redemption
        Right” means the redemption right of holders of Units set forth in Section 4.6 of the Solaris LLC Agreement.

   

  “Reference
        Asset” means, with respect to any Exchange, an asset (other than cash or a cash equivalent) that is held by Solaris
      LLC, or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries that is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income
      tax purposes (but only to the extent such Subsidiaries are not held through any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal
      income tax purposes), at the time of such Exchange. A Reference Asset also includes any asset that is “substituted basis
      property” under Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code with respect to a Reference Asset.

   

   

  
    8

    
      

    

  

   

  “Relevant
        Governmental Body” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York,
      or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or the Federal Reserve
      Bank of New York, or any successor thereto.

   

  “Schedule”
      means any of the following: (i) an Exchange Schedule, (ii) a Tax Benefit Payment Schedule, or (iii) the Early Termination Schedule.

   

  “Senior
        Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

   

  “SOFR”
      means a rate per annum equal to the secured overnight financing rate for such Business Day published by the Federal Reserve Bank
      of New York (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate) on the website of the Federal Reserve Bank
      of New York, currently at http://www.newyorkfed.org (or any successor source for the secured overnight financing rate identified
      as such by the administrator of the secured overnight financing rate from time to time).

   

  “Solaris
        LLC” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

   

  “Solaris
        LLC Agreement” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Solaris LLC, as amended
      from time to time.

   

  “State
        and Local Tax Benefit” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the Actual
      Tax Liability; provided that, for purposes of determining the State and Local Tax Benefit, each of the Hypothetical Tax
      Liability and the Actual Tax Liability shall be calculated using the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate instead of the rate applicable
      for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

   

  “State
        and Local Tax Detriment” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Actual Tax Liability over the Hypothetical
      Tax Liability; provided that, for purposes of determining the State and Local Tax Detriment, each of the Actual Tax Liability
      and the Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be calculated using the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate instead of the rate applicable
      for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

   

  “Subsidiaries”
      means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or
      indirectly, or otherwise controls more than 50% of the voting power or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest
      or managing member or similar interest of such Person.

   

  “Tax
        Benefit Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

   

  “Tax
        Benefit Payment Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

   

  “Tax
        Proceeding” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 of this Agreement.

   

  “Tax
        Receivable Agreements” means this Agreement and any Post-IPO TRA.

   

   

  
    9

    
      

    

  

   

  “Tax
        Return” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement filed or required to be filed with respect to Taxes
      (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and
      declaration of estimated Tax.

   

  “Taxable
        Year” means a taxable year of the Corporate Taxpayer as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code (which, for the avoidance
      of doubt, may include a period of less than twelve (12) months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the IPO Date.

   

  “Taxes”
      means any and all U.S. federal, state and local taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect
      to net income or profits, and any interest related to such Tax.

   

  “Taxing
        Authority” means the IRS and any federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision,
      agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority
      exercising Tax regulatory authority.

   

  “Term
        SOFR” means, for the applicable corresponding tenor, the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR that has been selected
      or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.

   

  “TRA
        Holder” means each of those Persons set forth on Schedule A and their respective successors and permitted assigns
      pursuant to Section 7.6(a).

   

  “TRA
        Party Representative” means a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by a majority vote of the TRA Holders.

   

  “Transferor”
      has the meaning set forth in Section 7.12(b) of this Agreement.

   

  “Treasury
        Regulations” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including
      corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant Taxable Year.

   

  “Units”
      has the meaning set forth in the Solaris LLC Agreement.

   

  “Valuation
        Assumptions” means, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that:

   

  (i)        in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, the
      Corporate Taxpayer will have taxable income sufficient
      to fully utilize the deductions arising from all Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest, during such Taxable Year or future Taxable
      Years (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest that would result from future Tax Benefit
      Payments that would be paid in accordance with the Valuation Assumptions, further assuming such future Tax Benefit Payments would
      be paid on the due date, including all valid extensions, for filing the Corporate Taxpayer Return for the applicable Taxable Year)
      in which such deductions would become available;

   

   

  
    10

    
      

    

  

   

  (ii)       all taxable income of the Corporate Taxpayer will be subject to the
      maximum applicable tax rates throughout the relevant period;
      provided, the combined tax rate for U.S. state and local income taxes (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, federal income
      taxes) shall be the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate;

   

  (iii)      any loss or credit carryovers generated by deductions or losses arising
      from any Basis Adjustment and any Imputed Interest (including
      such Basis Adjustment or Imputed Interest generated as a result of payments under this Agreement) that are available in the Taxable
      Year that includes the Early Termination Date will be utilized by the Corporate Taxpayer ratably in each Taxable Year over the
      five Taxable years beginning with the Taxable Year that includes the Early Termination Date;

   

  (iv)      the U.S. federal, state and local income and franchise tax rates that
      will be in effect for each Taxable Year ending on or after
      such Early Termination Date will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early
      Termination Date;

   

  (v)       any non-amortizable Reference Assets to which any Basis Adjustment is
      attributable will be disposed of in a fully taxable transaction
      for U.S. federal income tax purposes on the fifteenth anniversary of the Early Termination Date for an amount sufficient to fully
      utilize the Basis Adjustment with respect to such non-amortizable Reference Asset; provided, that in the event of a Change
      of Control which includes a taxable sale of such non-amortizable Reference Asset (including the sale of all of the equity interests
      in an entity classified as a partnership or disregarded entity that directly or indirectly owns such non-amortizable Reference
      Asset), such non-amortizable Reference Asset shall be deemed disposed of at the time of the Change of Control; and

   

  (vi)      if, at the Early Termination Date, there are Units that have not been
      transferred in an Exchange, then all Units shall be deemed
      to be transferred pursuant to the Redemption Right effective on the Early Termination Date.

   

  Section
      1.2        Other
        Definitional and Interpretative Provisions. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder”
      and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of
      this Agreement. References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of
      this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated
      in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule but
      not otherwise defined therein, shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement shall
      be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include,” “includes”
      or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation,”
      whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import. “Writing,” “written”
      and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible
      form. References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time
      to time in accordance with the terms thereof. References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person.
      References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.
      Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to organization documents (including the Solaris LLC Agreement), agreements
      (including this Agreement) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements,
      extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto; and (b) references to any law (including the Code and the Treasury Regulations)
      shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such law.

   

   

  
    11

    
      

    

  

   

  Article
      II 

      DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFITS

   

  Section
      2.1        Exchange
        Schedules. Within ninety (90) calendar days after the filing of the Corporate Taxpayer Return for each Taxable Year in which
      any Exchange has been effected by a TRA Holder, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to each TRA Holder a schedule (the “Exchange
        Schedule”) that shows, in reasonable detail necessary to perform the calculations required by this Agreement, including
      with respect to each TRA Holder participating in any Exchange during such Taxable Year, (i) the Basis Adjustments with respect
      to the Reference Assets as a result of the Exchanges effected by such TRA Holder in such Taxable Year, (ii) the period (or periods)
      over which such Basis Adjustments are amortizable and/or depreciable, and (iii) the portion of any Tax Benefit Payment with respect
      to such TRA Holder that the Corporate Taxpayer intends to treat as Imputed Interest.

   

  Section
      2.2        Tax
        Benefit Payment Schedules.

   

  (a)         Within
      ninety (90) calendar days after the filing of the Corporate Taxpayer Return for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized
      Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment, the Corporate Taxpayer shall provide to each TRA Holder: (i) a schedule showing, in reasonable
      detail, (A) the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year, (B) the portion of the
      Net Tax Benefit, if any, that is Attributable to such TRA Holder who has participated in any Exchange, and (C) the Tax Benefit
      Payment due, if any, to such TRA Holder (a “Tax Benefit Payment Schedule”), (ii) a reasonably detailed calculation
      by the Corporate Taxpayer of the Hypothetical Tax Liability, (iii) a reasonably detailed calculation by the Corporate Taxpayer
      of the Actual Tax Liability, (iv) a copy of the Corporate Taxpayer Return for such Taxable Year, and (v) any other work papers
      reasonably requested by such TRA Holder. The Tax Benefit Payment Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.3(a)
      and may be amended as provided in Section 2.3(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.3(b)).

   

  (b)         For purposes of calculating the Realized Tax
      Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for any Taxable Year, carryovers or carrybacks of any U.S. federal income Tax item attributable
      to the Basis Adjustments, any Imputed Interest, and any Post-IPO TRA Benefits shall be considered to be subject to the rules of
      the Code and the Treasury Regulations, as applicable, governing the use, limitation and expiration of carryovers or carrybacks
      of the relevant type. If a carryover or carryback of any U.S. federal income Tax item includes a portion that is attributable
      to the Basis Adjustment, any Imputed Interest, or any Post-IPO TRA Benefits and another portion that is not so attributable, such
      respective portions shall be considered to be used in accordance with the “with and without” methodology. The parties
      agree that (i) any payment under this Agreement (to the extent permitted by law) will be treated as a subsequent upward adjustment
      to the purchase price of the relevant Units and will have the effect of creating additional Basis Adjustments to Reference Assets
      for the Corporate Taxpayer in the year of payment, and (ii) as a result, such additional Basis Adjustments will be incorporated
      into the current year calculation and into future year calculations, as appropriate.

   

   

  
    12

    
      

    

  

   

  Section
      2.3        Procedure;
        Amendments.

   

  (a)         An applicable Schedule or amendment thereto shall
      become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar days from the first date on which each TRA Holder has received the
      applicable Schedule or amendment thereto unless (i) the TRA Party Representative provides the Corporate Taxpayer with notice of
      a material objection to such Schedule (“Objection Notice”) made in good faith or (ii) the TRA Party Representative
      provides a written waiver of such right of any Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case
      such Schedule or amendment thereto becomes binding on the date waivers from the TRA Party Representative has been received by
      the Corporate Taxpayer. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully
      resolve the issues raised in an Objection Notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of such
      Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative, on behalf of the TRA Holders, shall employ the Reconciliation
      Procedures under Section 7.10 or Resolution of Disputes procedures under Section 7.9, as applicable.

   

  (b)         The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year
      may be amended from time to time by the Corporate Taxpayer (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii)
      to correct inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a
      Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to the TRA Holders, (iii) to comply with the Expert’s determination
      under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable
      Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other Tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a change in
      the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Corporate Taxpayer Return
      filed for such Taxable Year or (vi) to adjust an Exchange Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this Agreement
      (any such Schedule, an “Amended Schedule”). The Corporate Taxpayer shall provide an Amended Schedule to the
      TRA Holders within sixty (60) calendar days of the occurrence of an event referenced in clauses (i) through (vi) of the preceding
      sentence. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event a Schedule is amended after such Schedule becomes final pursuant to Section
        2.3(a), the Amended Schedule shall not be taken into account in calculating any Tax Benefit Payment in the Taxable Year to
      which the amendment relates but instead shall be taken into account in calculating the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit for
      the Taxable Year in which the amendment actually occurs.

   

  Section
      2.4        Section
        754 Election. In its capacity as the sole managing member of Solaris LLC, the Corporate Taxpayer will ensure that, on and
      after the date hereof and continuing throughout the term of this Agreement, Solaris LLC and any of its eligible Subsidiaries will
      have in effect an election pursuant to Section 754 of the Code (and under any similar provisions of applicable U.S. state or local
      law).

   

   

  
    13

    
      

    

  

   

  Article
      III 

      TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

   

  Section
      3.1        Payments.

   

  (a)         Within
      fifteen (15) Business Days after a Tax Benefit Payment Schedule delivered to the TRA Holders becomes final in accordance with
      Section 2.3(a), the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to each TRA Holder the Tax Benefit Payment in respect of such TRA Holder
      determined pursuant to Section 3.1(b) for such Taxable Year. Each such payment shall be made by check, by wire transfer
      of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by such TRA Holder to the Corporate Taxpayer, or as otherwise
      agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Holder. For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect
      of estimated Tax payments, including, without limitation, U.S. federal or state estimated income Tax payments.

   

  (b)         A “Tax Benefit Payment” in
      respect of a TRA Holder for a Taxable Year means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of the portion of the Net Tax
      Benefit Attributable to such TRA Holder. A Net Tax Benefit is “Attributable” to a TRA Holder to the extent
      that it is derived from any Basis Adjustment that is attributable to the Units acquired or deemed acquired by the Corporate Taxpayer
      or an Exchange undertaken by or with respect to such TRA Holder and any Imputed Interest. Subject to Section 3.3, the “Net
        Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized
      Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year over the sum of (i) the total amount of payments previously made under this Section
        3.1 and (ii) the total amount of tax benefit payments previously made under the corresponding provision of any Post-IPO TRA;
      provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that no TRA Holder shall be required to return any portion of any previously made
      Tax Benefit Payment.

   

  (c)         If a TRA Holder elects for the provisions of
      this Section 3.1(c) to apply to an Exchange, by notifying the Corporate Taxpayer in writing on or before the due date for
      providing the Exchange Notice with respect to such Exchange (or, with respect to an Exchange in connection with the IPO, on or
      before the IPO Date), the aggregate Tax Benefit Payments to be made to such TRA Holder with respect to such Exchange shall be
      limited to (i) 50%, or such other percentage such TRA Holder elects to apply by notifying the Corporate Taxpayer in writing on
      or before the due date for providing the Exchange Notice with respect to such Exchange (or, with respect to an Exchange in connection
      with the IPO, on or before the IPO Date), of (ii) the amount equal to the sum of (A) any cash, excluding any Tax Benefit Payments,
      received by such TRA Holder in such Exchange and (B) the aggregate Market Value of the Class A Shares received by such TRA Holder
      in such Exchange. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, this Section 3.1(c) shall not apply to a TRA Holder
      unless such TRA Holder elects for the provisions of this Section 3.1(c) to apply, as provided herein.

   

  

  Section
      3.2        No
        Duplicative Payments. It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount
      (including interest) required under the Tax Receivable Agreements. It is also intended that the provisions of the Tax Receivable
      Agreements will result in 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit being paid to the Persons to whom payments are due pursuant
      to the Tax Receivable Agreements. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner to achieve these
      fundamental results.

   

  
    14

    
      

    

  

    

  Section
      3.3        Pro
        Rata Payments; Coordination of Benefits with Other Tax Receivable Agreements.

   

  (a)         Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.1
      to the contrary, to the extent that the aggregate amount of the Corporate Taxpayer’s tax benefit subject to the Tax Receivable
      Agreements is limited in a particular Taxable Year because the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient taxable income to fully
      utilize available deductions and other attributes, the limitation on the tax benefit for the Corporate Taxpayer shall be allocated
      as follows: (i) first among any Post-IPO TRAs (and among all Persons eligible for payments thereunder in the manner set forth
      in such Post-IPO TRAs) and (ii) to the extent of any remaining limitation on tax benefit for the Corporate Taxpayer after the
      application of clause (i), to this Agreement (and among all Persons eligible for payments hereunder). For the avoidance of doubt,
      for purposes of this Section 3.3(a), it is intended that in calculating the Corporate Taxpayer’s tax benefit subject
      to the Tax Receivable Agreements, any available taxable income of the Corporate Taxpayer be first allocated to this Agreement
      and any remaining available taxable income will then be allocated to any Post-IPO TRA.

   

  (b)         After taking into account Section 3.3(a),
      if for any reason the Corporate Taxpayer does not fully satisfy its payment obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due under
      the Tax Receivable Agreements in respect of a particular Taxable Year, then, (i) the Corporate Taxpayer will pay the same proportion
      of each Tax Benefit Payment due to each Person to whom a payment is due under each of the Tax Receivable Agreements in respect
      of such Taxable Year, without favoring one obligation over the other, and (ii) no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect
      of any Taxable Year until all Tax Benefit Payments in respect of prior Taxable Years have been made in full.

   

  (c)         To the extent the Corporate Taxpayer makes a
      payment to a TRA Holder in respect of a particular Taxable Year under Section 3.1(a) of this Agreement (taking into account
      Section 3.3(a) and Section 3.3(b)) in an amount in excess of the amount of such payment that should have been made
      to such TRA Holder in respect of such Taxable Year, then (i) such TRA Holder shall not receive further payments under Section
        3.1(a) until such TRA Holder has foregone an amount of payments equal to such excess and (ii) the Corporate Taxpayer will
      pay the amount of such TRA Holder’s foregone payments to the other Persons to whom a payment is due under the Tax Receivable
      Agreements in a manner such that each such Person to whom a payment is due under the Tax Receivable Agreements, to the maximum
      extent possible, receives aggregate payments under Section 3.1(a) or the comparable section of the other Tax Receivable
      Agreement(s), as applicable (in each case, taking into account Section 3.3(a) and Section 3.3(b) or the comparable
      section of the other Tax Receivable Agreement(s) in the amount it would have received if there had been no excess payment to such
      TRA Holder.

   

  (d)         The parties hereto agree that the parties to
      any Post-IPO TRA are expressly made third party beneficiaries of the provisions of this Section 3.3.

   

   

  
    15

    
      

    

  

   

  (e)         A
      Post-IPO TRA shall be included in the definition of Tax Receivable Agreements for purposes of this Section 3.3 only if
      such Post-IPO TRA does not provide otherwise.

   

  Article
      IV 

      TERMINATION

   

  Section
      4.1        Early
        Termination at Election of the Corporate Taxpayer. The Corporate Taxpayer may terminate this Agreement at any time by paying
      to each TRA Holder the Early Termination Payment due to such TRA Holder pursuant to Section 4.5(b) (such termination, an
      “Early Termination”); provided that the Corporate Taxpayer may withdraw any notice of exercise of its
      termination rights under this Section 4.1 prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid. Upon
      payment of the Early Termination Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer, neither the TRA Holders nor the Corporate Taxpayer shall
      have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than for any Tax Benefit Payment previously due and payable but
      unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and, except to the extent included in the Early Termination Payment, any Tax Benefit
      Payment due for any Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the Early Termination Date. Upon payment of all amounts provided
      for in this Section 4.1, this Agreement shall terminate.

   

  Section
      4.2        Early
        Termination upon Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control, all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and
      such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the closing date of the Change of
      Control and shall include, but not be limited to the following: (a) payment of the Early Termination Payment calculated as if
      an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the effective date of a Change of Control, (b) payment of any Tax Benefit Payment
      in respect of a TRA Holder agreed to by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Holder as due and payable but unpaid as of the Early
      Termination Notice, and (c) except to the extent included in the Early Termination Payment, payment of any Tax Benefit Payment
      due for any Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the effective date of a Change of Control. In the event of a Change
      of Control, the Early Termination Payment shall be calculated utilizing the Valuation Assumptions and by substituting in each
      case the terms “the closing date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date.”

   

  Section
      4.3        Breach
        of Agreement.

   

  (a)         In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer breaches
      any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment within three (3) months
      of the date when due, as a result of failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law
      as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then if the Majority
      TRA Holders so elect, such breach shall be treated as an Early Termination. Upon such election, all obligations hereunder shall
      be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such
      breach and shall include, but shall not be limited to, (i) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination
      Notice had been delivered on the date of a breach, (ii) any Tax Benefit Payment previously due and payable but unpaid as of the
      date of the breach, and (iii) except to the extent included in the Early Termination Payment, any Tax Benefit Payment due for
      any Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the Early Termination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that
      the Corporate Taxpayer breaches this Agreement, if the Majority TRA Holders do not elect to treat such breach as an Early Termination
      pursuant to this Section 4.3(a), the TRA Holders shall be entitled to seek specific performance of the terms hereof.

   

   

  
    16

    
      

    

  

   

  (b)        The
      parties agree that the failure of the Corporate Taxpayer to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three (3) months
      of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes
      of this Agreement, and that it shall not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a
      payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three (3) months of the date such payment is due. Notwithstanding anything in this
      Agreement to the contrary, except in the case of an Early Termination Payment or any payment treated as an Early Termination Payment,
      it shall not be a breach of this Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer fails to make any Tax Benefit Payment when due to the extent
      that the Corporate Taxpayer has insufficient funds to make such payment; provided that the interest provisions of Section
        5.2 shall apply to such late payment unless the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient cash to make such payment as a
      result of limitations imposed by any existing credit agreement to which Solaris LLC or any subsidiary of Solaris LLC is a party,
      in which case Section 5.2 shall apply, but the Default Rate shall be replaced by the Agreed Rate; and provided further
      that it shall be a breach of this Agreement, and the provisions of Section 4.3(a) shall apply as of the original due
      date of the Tax Benefit Payment, if the Corporate Taxpayer makes any distribution of cash or other property to its stockholders
      while any Tax Benefit Payment is due and payable but unpaid.

   

  Section
      4.4        Early
        Termination Notice. If the Corporate Taxpayer chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.1 above,
      the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to the TRA Holders notice of such intention to exercise such right (the “Early Termination
        Notice”). Upon delivery of the Early Termination Notice or the occurrence of an event described in Section 4.2
      or Section 4.3(a), the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver (i) a schedule showing in reasonable detail the calculation of
      the Early Termination Payment (the “Early Termination Schedule”) and (ii) any other work papers reasonably
      requested by the TRA Holders. The Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar
      days from the first date on which the TRA Holders have received such Schedule or amendment thereto unless (x) the TRA Party Representative
      provides the Corporate Taxpayer with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“Material Objection
        Notice”) or (y) the TRA Party Representative, on behalf of the TRA Holders, provides a written waiver of such right
      of a Material Objection Notice within the period described in clause (x) above, in which case such Schedule becomes binding on
      the date waivers from the TRA Holders have been received by the Corporate Taxpayer (the “Early Termination Effective
        Date”). If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve
      the issues raised in such notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of the Material Objection
      Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative, on behalf of the TRA Holders, shall employ the Reconciliation
      Procedures under Section 7.10 or Resolution of Disputes procedures under Section 7.9, as applicable.

   

   

  
    17

    
      

    

  

   

  Section
      4.5        Payment
        upon Early Termination.

   

  (a)         Subject
      to its right to withdraw any notice of Early Termination pursuant to Section 4.1, within three (3) calendar days after
      the Early Termination Effective Date, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to each TRA Holder its Early Termination Payment. Each
      such payment shall be made by check, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account or accounts designated
      by such TRA Holder, or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Holder.

   

  (b)        A TRA Holder’s “Early Termination
        Payment” as of the Early Termination Date shall equal the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as
      of the Early Termination Effective Date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by the Corporate Taxpayer
      to such TRA Holder beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions are applied.

   

  Article
      V 

      SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

   

  Section
      5.1        Subordination.
      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment, Early Termination Payment or any
      payment pursuant to Section 4.2 resulting from a Change of Control or any payment pursuant to Section 5.2 shall
      rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any
      obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Subsidiaries (such obligations, “Senior
        Obligations”) and shall rank pari passu with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporate Taxpayer that
      are not Senior Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the above, the determination of whether it is a breach
      of this Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer fails to make any Tax Benefit Payment when due is governed by Section 4.3.
      To the extent that any payment under this Agreement is not permitted to be made at the time payment is due as a result of this
      Section 5.1 and the terms of the agreements governing Senior Obligations, such payment obligation nevertheless shall accrue for
      the benefit of the TRA Holders and the Corporate Taxpayer shall make such payments at the first opportunity that such payments
      are permitted to be made in accordance with the terms of the Senior Obligations.

   

  Section
      5.2        Late
        Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer. The amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment, Early Termination Payment
      or any other payment under this Agreement not made to any TRA Holder when due under the terms of this Agreement, whether as a
      result of Section 5.1 and the terms of the Senior Obligations or otherwise, shall be payable together with any interest
      thereon, computed at the Default Rate (or, if so provided in Section 4.3(b), at the Agreed Rate) and commencing from the
      date on which such Tax Benefit Payment, Early Termination Payment or any other payment under this Agreement was due and payable.

   

   

  
    18

    
      

    

  

   

  Article
      VI 

      NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

   

  Section
      6.1        Participation
        in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and Solaris LLC’s Tax Matters. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Solaris
      LLC Agreement, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning
      the Corporate Taxpayer and Solaris LLC, including without limitation preparing, filing or amending any Tax Return and defending,
      contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Taxing Authority initiates
      any audit, examination, or any other administrative or judicial proceeding (a “Tax Proceeding”) of the Corporate
      Taxpayer or Solaris LLC any portion of the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect the rights and obligations of the
      TRA Holders under this Agreement and the TRA Holders elect a TRA Party Representative, then the Corporate Taxpayer (i) shall notify
      the TRA Party Representative of, and keep the TRA Party Representative reasonably informed with respect to, the relevant portion
      of such Tax Proceeding (ii) shall provide the TRA Party Representative with reasonable opportunity to provide information and
      other input to the Corporate Taxpayer, Solaris LLC and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of
      a Tax Proceeding; provided further, that the Corporate Taxpayer and Solaris LLC shall not be required to take any action, or refrain
      from taking any action, that is inconsistent with any provision of the Solaris LLC Agreement.

   

  Section
      6.2        Consistency.
      Unless there is a Determination to the contrary, the Corporate Taxpayer and each of the TRA Holders agree to report, and to cause
      their respective Subsidiaries to report, for all purposes, including U.S. federal, state and local Tax purposes and financial
      reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including, without limitation, the Basis Adjustments, Imputed Interest, and each Tax
      Benefit Payment), but, for financial reporting purposes, only in respect of items that are not explicitly characterized as “deemed”
      or in a similar manner by the terms of this Agreement, in a manner consistent with the description of any Tax characterization
      herein (including as set forth in Section 2.2(b) and Section 3.1(b) and any Schedule required to be provided by
      or on behalf of the Corporate Taxpayer under this Agreement, as finally determined pursuant to Section 2.3. If the Corporate
      Taxpayer and any TRA Holder, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve any disagreement concerning such treatment within
      thirty (30) calendar days, the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Holder shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures under Section
      7.10 or Resolution of Disputes procedures under Section 7.9, as applicable.

   

  Section
      6.3        Cooperation.
      Each TRA Holder shall (i) furnish to the Corporate Taxpayer in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials
      as the Corporate Taxpayer may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate
      under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any Tax Proceeding, (ii) make itself available to the
      Corporate Taxpayer and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the
      Corporate Taxpayer or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (i)
      above, and (iii) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter. The Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse each TRA Holder
      for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section 6.3.

   

   

  
    19

    
      

    

  

   

  Article
      VII 

      MISCELLANEOUS

   

  Section
      7.1        Notices.
      All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and
      received (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile upon confirmation of transmission by the sender’s
      fax machine if sent on a Business Day (or otherwise on the next Business Day) or (ii) on the first Business Day following the
      date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth
      below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

   

  If
      to the Corporate Taxpayer, to:

   

  Aris Water Solutions, Inc.

      9811 Katy Freeway, Suite 700

      Houston, Texas 77024

      Attention: Brenda Schroer

   

  with
      a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Corporate Taxpayer) to:

   

  Gibson,
      Dunn & Crutcher LLP

      811 Main St. Ste. 3000

      Houston, Texas 77002

      Facsimile: (346) 718-6902

      Attention: Hillary Holmes

   

  If
      to a TRA Holder, other than the TRA Party Representative, that is or was a partner in Solaris LLC, to:

   

  The
      address set forth in the records of Solaris LLC.

   

  Any
      party may change its address or fax number by giving the other party written notice of its new address or fax number in the manner
      set forth above.

   

  Section
      7.2        Counterparts.
      This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall
      become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it
      being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement
      by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

   

  Section
      7.3        Entire
        Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements
      and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be
      binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing
      in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any
      nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in Section 3.3.

   

   

  
    20

    
      

    

  

   

  Section
      7.4        Governing
        Law. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance
      with, the law of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof that would mandate the application
      of the laws of another jurisdiction.

   

  Section
      7.5        Severability.
      If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy,
      all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or
      legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such
      determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate
      in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable
      manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

   

  Section
      7.6        Successors;
        Assignment.

   

  (a)         No TRA Holder may assign this Agreement to any
      Person without the prior written consent of the Corporate Taxpayer; provided, however, that:

   

  (i)        to
      the extent Units are transferred in accordance with the terms of the Solaris LLC Agreement, the transferring TRA Holder shall
      have the option to assign to the transferee of such Units the transferring TRA Holder’s rights under this Agreement with
      respect to such transferred Units as long as (A) such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such transfer,
      executes and delivers, a Joinder, agreeing to become a “TRA Holder” for all purposes of this Agreement, and (B) the
      assigning party represents to the Corporate Taxpayer that such assignment will be made in accordance with all applicable securities
      laws, and

   

  (ii)       the right to receive any and all payments payable
      or that may become payable to a TRA Holder pursuant to this Agreement that, once an Exchange has occurred, arise with respect
      to the Units transferred in such Exchange, may be assigned to any Person or Persons as long as (A) any such Person has executed
      and delivered, or, in connection with such assignment, executes and delivers, a Joinder, agreeing to be bound by Section 7.13
      and acknowledging specifically the terms of Section 7.6(b), and (B) the assigning party represents to the Corporate
      Taxpayer that such assignment will be made in accordance with all applicable securities laws.

   

  For
      the avoidance of doubt, if a TRA Holder transfers Units but does not assign to the transferee of such Units the rights of such
      TRA Holder under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Units, such TRA Holder shall continue to be entitled to receive
      the Tax Benefit Payments, if any, due hereunder with respect to, including any Tax Benefit Payments arising in respect of a subsequent
      Exchange of, such Units.

   

  (b)         Notwithstanding
      the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.6, no assignee described in Section 7.6(a)(ii) shall have any rights
      under this Agreement except for the right to enforce its right to receive payments under this Agreement.

   

   

  
    21

    
      

    

  

   

  (c)         The
      Person designated as the TRA Party Representative may not be changed without the prior written consent of the Corporate Taxpayer
      and the Majority TRA Holders.

   

  (d)         Except as otherwise specifically provided herein,
      all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable
      by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The
      Corporate Taxpayer shall cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all
      or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporate Taxpayer, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree
      to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporate Taxpayer would be required to perform if
      no such succession had taken place.

   

  Section
      7.7        Amendments;
        Waivers. No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by each of the Corporate
      Taxpayer and the Majority TRA Holders; provided, however, that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment would
      have a disproportionate effect on the payments certain TRA Holders will or may receive under this Agreement unless all such disproportionately
      affected TRA Holders consent in writing to such amendment; and provided, further, that amendment of the definition of Change
      of Control will also require the written approval of a majority of the Independent Directors. No provision of this Agreement may
      be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

   

  Section
      7.8        Titles
        and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are
      not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

   

  Section
      7.9        Resolution
        of Disputes.

   

  (a)         Any
      and all disputes which are not governed by Section 7.10, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating
      to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement
      (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this Section 7.9 and Section 7.10) (each a “Dispute”)
      shall be governed by this Section 7.9. The parties hereto shall attempt in good faith to resolve all Disputes by negotiation.
      If a Dispute between the parties hereto cannot be resolved in such manner, such Dispute shall be finally settled by arbitration
      conducted by a single arbitrator in accordance with the then-existing rules of arbitration of the American Arbitration Association.
      If the parties to the Dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within ten (10) calendar days of the receipt of
      the request for arbitration, the American Arbitration Association shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer
      admitted to the practice of law in a U.S. state, or a nationally recognized expert in the relevant subject matter, and shall conduct
      the proceedings in the English language. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration
      proceedings. In addition to monetary damages, the arbitrator shall be empowered to award equitable relief, including an injunction
      and specific performance of any obligation under this Agreement. The arbitrator is not empowered to award damages in excess of
      compensatory damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any right to recover punitive, exemplary or similar damages with
      respect to any Dispute. The award shall be the sole and exclusive remedy between the parties regarding any claims, counterclaims,
      issues, or accounting presented to the arbitral tribunal. Judgment upon any award may be entered and enforced in any court having
      jurisdiction over a party or any of its assets.

   

   

  
    22

    
      

    

  

   

  (b)         Notwithstanding the provisions of Section
        7.9(a), the Corporate Taxpayer may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose
      of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing
      an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this Section 7.9(b), the TRA Party Representative and each TRA Holder (i)
      expressly consents to the application of Section 7.9(c) to any such action or proceeding, (ii) agrees that proof shall
      not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that
      remedies at law would be inadequate, and (iii) irrevocably appoints the Corporate Taxpayer as agent of such party for service
      of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly
      advise such party in writing of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon
      such party in any such action or proceeding.

   

  (c)         EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE
      JURISDICTION OF ANY FEDERAL COURT OF THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE OR THE DELAWARE COURT OF CHANCERY FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL
      PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION 7.9 OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY
      TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial
      proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in
      aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the fora designated by this Section 7.9(c)
      have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another.

   

  (d)         The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent
      permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue
      of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in Section 7.9(c) and such parties agree
      not to plead or claim the same.

   

   

  
    23

    
      

    

  

   

  Section
      7.10      Reconciliation.
      In the event that the TRA Party Representative or any TRA Holder (as applicable, the “Disputing Party”) and
      the Corporate Taxpayer are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the calculations required to produce the schedules
      described in Section 2.3, Section 4.4 and Section 6.2 (but not, for the avoidance doubt, with respect to
      any legal interpretation with respect to such provisions or schedules) within the relevant period designated in this Agreement
      (“Reconciliation Dispute”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to the Expert.
      The Expert shall be a partner or principal in a nationally recognized accounting or law firm, and unless the Corporate Taxpayer
      and the Disputing Party agree otherwise, the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material
      relationship with the Corporate Taxpayer or the Disputing Party or other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the parties
      are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation
      Dispute, the Expert shall be appointed by the American Arbitration Association. The Expert shall resolve (a) any matter relating
      to the Exchange Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within thirty (30)
      calendar days, (b) any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Payment Schedule or an amendment thereto within fifteen (15) calendar
      days , and (c) any matter related to treatment of any tax-related item as contemplated in Section 6.2 within fifteen (15) calendar
      days, or, in each case, as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable after such matter has been submitted to the Expert for
      resolution. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a
      disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is
      due, any portion of such payment that is not under dispute shall be paid on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax
      Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporate Taxpayer, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. The costs and expenses
      relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne by the Corporate Taxpayer except as provided
      in the next sentence. The Corporate Taxpayer and the Disputing Party shall each bear its own costs and expenses of such proceeding,
      unless (i) the Expert adopts such Disputing Party’s position, in which case the Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse such
      Disputing Party for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding, or (ii) the Expert adopts the Corporate
      Taxpayer’s position, in which case such Disputing Party shall reimburse the Corporate Taxpayer for any reasonable out-of-pocket
      costs and expenses in such proceeding. Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this
      Section 7.10 shall be decided by the Expert. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations
      of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.10 shall be binding on the Corporate Taxpayer and its Subsidiaries and the Disputing
      Party and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.

   

  Section
      7.11       Withholding.
      The Corporate Taxpayer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts
      as the Corporate Taxpayer is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any
      provision of U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. tax law; provided, that, the Corporate Taxpayer shall use commercially
      reasonable efforts to notify any applicable TRA Holder of its intent to withhold at least ten (10) Business Days prior to withholding
      such amounts. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporate Taxpayer,
      such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the relevant TRA Holder. The
      Corporate Taxpayer shall provide evidence of such payment to the relevant TRA Holder upon such TRA Holder’s written request,
      to the extent that such evidence is available.

   

  Section
      7.12      Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate
        Assets.

   

  (a)         If the Corporate Taxpayer is or becomes a member
      of a combined, consolidated, affiliated or unitary group that files a consolidated, combined or unitary income Tax Return pursuant
      to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of U.S. state or local Tax law, then: (i) the provisions
      of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the relevant group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination
      Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated (or combined or unitary, where
      applicable) taxable income, gain, loss, deduction and attributes of the relevant group as a whole.

   

   

  
    24

    
      

    

  

   

  (b)         If
      the Corporate Taxpayer (or any other entity that is obligated to make a Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment hereunder),
      Solaris LLC or any of Solaris LLC’s direct or indirect Subsidiaries that is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity
      for U.S. federal income tax purposes (but only to the extent such Subsidiaries are not held through any entity treated as a corporation
      for U.S. federal income tax purposes) (a “Transferor”) transfers one or more Reference Assets to a corporation
      (or a Person classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) with which the Transferor does not file a consolidated
      Tax Return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code, the Transferor, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Tax Benefit Payment
      or Early Termination Payment (e.g., calculating the gross income of the entity and determining the Realized Tax Benefit of such
      entity) due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such Reference Assets in a fully taxable transaction on the date
      of such contribution. The consideration deemed to be received by the Transferor shall be equal to the fair market value of the
      transferred Reference Assets, plus, without duplication, (i) the amount of debt to which any such Reference Asset is subject,
      in the case of a transfer of an encumbered Reference Asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to any such Reference Asset, in
      the case of a contribution of a partnership interest. For purposes of this Section 7.12(b), a transfer of a partnership
      interest shall be treated as a transfer of the Transferor’s share of each of the assets and liabilities of that partnership.

   

  Section
      7.13      Confidentiality.

   

  (a)         Each
      TRA Holder and each of such TRA Holder’s assignees acknowledges and agrees that the information of the Corporate Taxpayer
      is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates,
      as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, such Person shall keep and retain in the strictest
      confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of the Corporate Taxpayer
      and its Affiliates and successors, concerning Solaris LLC and its Affiliates and successors or the TRA Holders, learned by any
      TRA Holder heretofore or hereafter. This Section 7.13 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly
      available by the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Affiliates, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of a TRA
      Holder in violation of this Agreement) or is generally known to the business community and (ii) the disclosure of information
      (A) as may be proper in the course of performing such TRA Holder’s obligations, or monitoring or enforcing such TRA Holder’s
      rights, under this Agreement, (B) as part of such TRA Holder’s normal reporting, rating or review procedure (including normal
      credit rating and pricing process), or in connection with such TRA Holder’s or such TRA Holder’s Affiliates’
      normal fund raising, marketing, informational or reporting activities, or to such TRA Holder’s (or any of its Affiliates’)
      Affiliates, auditors, accountants, or attorneys, (C) to any bona fide prospective assignee of such TRA Holder’s rights under
      this Agreement, or prospective merger or other business combination partner of such TRA Holder, provided that such assignee
      or merger partner agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 7.13, (D) as is required to be disclosed by order
      of a court of competent jurisdiction, administrative body or governmental body, or by subpoena, summons or legal process, or by
      law, rule or regulation; provided that any TRA Holder required to make any such disclosure to the extent legally permissible
      shall provide the Corporate Taxpayer prompt notice of such disclosure, or to regulatory authorities or similar examiners conducting
      regulatory reviews or examinations (without any such notice to the Corporate Taxpayer), or (E) to the extent necessary for a TRA
      Holder to prepare and file its Tax Returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding such Tax Returns from any Taxing Authority or
      to prosecute or defend any Tax Proceeding with respect to such Tax Returns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each
      TRA Holder and each of its assignees (and each employee, representative or other agent of such TRA Holder or its assignees, as
      applicable) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the Tax treatment and Tax structure of the Corporate
      Taxpayer, Solaris LLC, the TRA Holders and their Affiliates, and any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind (including
      opinions or other Tax analyses) that are provided to any TRA Holder relating to such Tax treatment and Tax structure.

   

   

  
    25

    
      

    

  

   

  (b)         If
      a TRA Holder or an assignee commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.13,
      the Corporate Taxpayer shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of this Section 7.13 specifically enforced
      by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security,
      it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporate Taxpayer
      or any of its Subsidiaries or the TRA Holders and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons.
      Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

   

  Section
      7.14      No
        More Favorable Terms. None of the Corporate Taxpayer nor any of its Subsidiaries shall enter into any additional agreement
      providing rights similar to this Agreement to any Person (including any agreement pursuant to which the Corporate Taxpayer is
      obligated to pay amounts with respect to tax benefits resulting from any net operating losses or other tax attributes to which
      the Corporate Taxpayer becomes entitled as a result of a transaction) if such agreement provides terms that are more favorable
      to the counterparty under such agreement than those provided to the TRA Holders under this Agreement; provided, however, that
      the Corporate Taxpayer (or any of its Subsidiaries) may enter into such an agreement if this Agreement is amended to make such
      more favorable terms available to the TRA Holders.

   

  Section
      7.15      Change
        in Law. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, in connection with an actual or proposed change in law, a TRA
      Holder reasonably believes that the existence of this Agreement could cause income (other than income arising from receipt of
      a payment under this Agreement) recognized by such TRA Holder upon any Exchange to be treated as ordinary income rather than capital
      gain (or otherwise taxed at ordinary income rates) for U.S. federal income tax purposes or would have other material adverse tax
      consequences to such TRA Holder and/or its direct or indirect owners, then at the election of such TRA Holder and to the extent
      specified by such TRA Holder, this Agreement (i) shall cease to have further effect, (ii) shall not apply to an Exchange by such
      TRA Holder occurring after a date specified by it, or (iii) shall otherwise be amended in a manner determined by such TRA Holder
      to waive any benefits to which such TRA Holder would otherwise be entitled under this Agreement, provided that such amendment
      shall not result in an increase in or acceleration of payments under this Agreement at any time as compared to the amounts and
      times of payments that would have been due in the absence of such amendment.

   

   

  
    26

    
      

    

  

   

  Section
      7.16      Independent
        Nature of TRA Holders’ Rights and Obligations. The rights and obligations
      of each TRA Holder are independent of the rights and obligations of any other TRA Holder. No TRA Holder shall be responsible in
      any way for the performance of the obligations of any other TRA Holder, nor shall any TRA Holder have the right to enforce the
      rights or obligations of any other TRA Holder. The obligations of each TRA Holder are solely for the benefit of, and shall be
      enforceable solely by, the Corporate Taxpayer. The decision of each TRA Holder to enter into this Agreement has been made by such
      TRA Holder independently of any other TRA Holder. Nothing contained herein or in any other agreement or document delivered at
      any closing (other than the Solaris LLC Agreement), and no action taken by any TRA Holder pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be
      deemed to constitute the TRA Holders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create
      a presumption that the TRA Holders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such rights or obligations or
      the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Corporate Taxpayer acknowledges that the TRA Holders are not acting in concert or
      as a group and will not assert any such claim with respect to such rights or obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby.

   

  [Signature
        Page Follows]

   

   

  
    27

    
      

    

  

   

   

  IN
      WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Holders have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

   

  

  	 	CORPORATE TAXPAYER:
	 	 	 
	 	 ARIS WATER SOLUTIONS, INC.
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

    

  [The
        signatures of the TRA Holders are attached in Schedule A.]

   

   

  
    28

    
      

    

  

   

   

   

  SCHEDULE
        A

      TRA HOLDERS

   

   

  
     

    
      

    

  

   

  HOLDERS:

   

   

  
     

    
      

    

  

   

  EXHIBIT
          A

   

  FORM
        OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

   

  This
      JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of  , 20 (this “Joinder”), is delivered pursuant to that certain Tax
      Receivable Agreement, dated as of , 2021 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from
      time to time, the “Tax Receivable Agreement”) by and among Aris Water Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
      “Corporation”), and the TRA Holders from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise
      defined herein have the respective meanings set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement.

   

  		1.	Joinder
              to the Tax Receivable Agreement. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to the Corporate Taxpayer that, as of the
            date hereof, the undersigned has been assigned an interest in the Tax Receivable Agreement from a TRA Holder and (1).
	 	 	 

  		2.	Joinder
              to the Tax Receivable Agreement. Upon the execution of this Joinder by the undersigned and delivery hereof to the Corporate
            Taxpayer, the undersigned hereby is and hereafter will be a TRA Holder under the Tax Receivable Agreement and a party thereto,
            with all the rights, privileges and responsibilities of a TRA Holder thereunder. The undersigned hereby agrees that it shall comply
            with and be fully bound by the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement as if it had been a signatory thereto as of the date thereof.
	 	 	 

  		3.	Incorporation
              by Reference. All terms and conditions of the Tax Receivable Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference in this Joinder
            as if set forth herein in full.
	 	 	 

  		4.	Address.
            All notices under the Tax Receivable Agreement to the undersigned shall be direct to:

   

  [Name] 

  [Address] 

  [City,
      State, Zip Code] 

  Attn: 

  Facsimile: 

  E-mail:

   

  IN
      WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Joinder as of the day and year first above written. 

   

  
  
     

  

  
  

  

   

  (1)
      Language to be added as applicable.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00333-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00333-of-00352.parquet"}]]